201103707 六、發明說明： 【發明所屬之技術領域】 螺母等的棘輪 動裝置。 本發明總體上涉及用於擰動螺釘、螺检、 傳動裝置領域，尤其涉及可逆式棘輪齒輪傳 【先前技術】 ’結合用於工具和其它器 在不限制本發明範圍的情況下 械的齒輪來描述本發明的背景。 美國專利而叩⑽公開-種用於手持卫具的棘輪機 構’該專利的内容通過引用納入本文。該機構包括殼體， 該殼體具有中心開口和位於中心開口的相對兩側的一對狹 槽。每個狹槽具有與中心開口相對置的弧形端部或圓形端 部’端部限定出超過18〇度的圓弧，以便在其中可拖轉地 保持一棘爪的大體呈圓形的柄。由於在殼體中設有一對偏 壓件’所以每個棘爪被向内偏壓向中心開口並與位於可轉 動地設置在中心開口内的齒輪的外表面上的齒相接合。一 個轉動連接到棘爪和中心開口上方的殼體的蓋能夠有選擇 地分離其中一個棘爪’從而允許齒輪在中心開口内沿特定 方向轉動。 美國專利US 7,409,884公開一種力矩傳遞機構，該機構 將輸入軸連接至輸出軸，以便在任一方向上將轉動和力矩 從輸入軸傳遞至輸出軸，上述專利的内容通過引用納入本 文。該力矩傳遞機樽還禁止在至少一個方向上從輸出軸至 輸入軸地傳遞轉動和力矩。 例如’美國專利US 7,347，124公開一種傳動工具套件， 144545.doc 201103707 該套件包括具有縱軸線的軸，該軸具有驅動端部和從動端 部，上述專利的内容通過引用納入本文。該軸的從動端部 相對該轴的驅動端部是撓性的，以允許軸的從動端部相對 軸的驅動端部按弧形路徑位移。力矩傳遞機構被驅動地連 接至該軸的從動端部。 美國專利US 4,730,960公開一種柔性套筒延伸結構，上 述專利的的内容通過引用納入本文。該延伸結構包括一對 端蓋，這對端蓋通過柔性繩索相連，其中一個端蓋接合一 個凹型接頭如套筒。 美國專利US 4,680,994公開-種快速套筒板手，該快速 套筒扳手顯著減少了卸下螺母或螺栓所需的工作量，上述 專利的内容通過引用被納人本文。該扳手包括傘齒輪和配 對小傘齒輪，它們分別安|在齒輪軸和小齒輪軸上，其中 小齒輪軸的外端設有傳動軸。鎖定蓋位於傳動軸外端上， 用於可解除地鎖定傳動軸以防止其轉動。扳手的齒輪在任 -方向上自由旋轉’並且傳動比和齒輪大小可以隨板手尺 寸而變。 另-個例子包括美國專利US 7,4 19,45 1公開的一種用在 旋轉或直線施加動力的機械和車輛中的無級變速傳動裝 置。該傳動裝置可以被用在車輛如汽車、摩托車和自行車 中。傳動裝置可以通過動力傳遞機構如鏈輪、齒輪、皮帶 輪或杠桿被驅動，可選擇驅動安裝在主軸一端上的單向離 合器。 【發明内容】 144545.doc 201103707 :發明提供一種用於傳遞力矩的傳動輪組。該傳動輪租 包括一個或多個中間傳動輪’其定位在上傳動輪和下傳動 輪之間以便將力矩從上傳動輪傳遞至下傳動輪。—個❹ ==端面傳動輪中的每個包括至少部分有織構的中 Z傳動輪第一面，其設置成接合至少部分有織構的上傳動 輪面並位於至少部分有織構 ,BI τ间得動輪第二面的相反 側。下傳動輪包括至少部分有織構的下傳動輪面，盆 成接合該至少部分有織構的中間傳動輪第二面。… ^發明提供—種力矩倍增棘輪裝置。該棘輪裝置包 =延伸出的手柄。棘輪頭包括空心内 =中广組端面傳動輪，還包括方向選擇機構二:； ^ 、中財向選擇機構可操作地與該組端面傳動輪相 上1==::’該套管接合部連接在下傳動輪第：面 ”端傳二空心内腔延伸出來以可拆裝地接納套筒。 ”亥組W傳動輪包括上㈣輪.、 其中該上傳動輪笸牙勒輪才下得動輪， 相反，輪頭相連並與上傳動輪第二面 傳動輪包括中間傳動輪第一面，該中間傳叙 輪第一面與中間傳動輪 專動 輪第二面，該下傳動上=並有選擇地接合上傳動 1寻動輪包括下傳動輪第一面，該 第-面在與棘輪頭相 輪 中間傳動輪第-面有面的相反側’其中 中，力矩以接合下傳動輪第一面。在操作 傳遞給套筒接合部。 、由5亥組知面傳動輪被 在一個 貫施方案中’端面傳動輪具有從傳動輪外邊緣延 144545.doc 201103707 伸到傳動輪中心的多個去，、上α μ 的多個齒，延些齒的高度、斜率和間距根 途而定。在其它實施方案中，該組端面傳動輪可 以具有花鍵面、端面齒輪、離合結構、肋棱面: :浪帶狀：、起伏面、斜紋面、線紋面、槽紋面、二 面、帶齒面、噴丸面、伞，'典& 先，月面'粗糙面、粘性面或是並女 適。允許表面之間產生摩擦的表面。方向選擇機構移動接 合中間傳動輪的棘爪，以選擇該組端面傳動輪的轉動方 向。方向選擇機構移動中間傳動輪以响合上傳動輪或下傳 動輪，從而選擇該組端面傳動輪的轉動方向。棘輪裝置也 可以包括從棘輪頭延伸到套筒接合部的轴，設置於在 筒接合部中開口内的分離球，該套筒接合部延伸進入:轴 t，包括至少一個凹高的桿，該桿延伸入該軸 套筒接合部；在該棘輪頭上且與該桿相連的按紐，其^ 下該心紐使⑦桿下移，允許該分離球朝向該桿移動進 述至>、-個凹离。套筒接合部也可以是可更換的，以使， 套筒接合部能像花鍵傳動機構那樣具有不同的傳動" 本發明還提供-種棘輪裝置的製造方法，其包 驟：在棘輪頭的〜内腔中插人—組端面傳動輪，1中， 組端面傳動輪包括上傳動輪、中間傳動輪和下傳動輪，； 中該上傳動輪具有與該棘輪頭相連的上傳動輪第—面^ 上傳動輪第—面位於上傳動輪第二面的相反侧，該中門傳 動輪包括中間傳動輪第-面，該中間傳動輪第—面位二中專 間傳動輪第二面的相反側並且有選擇地接合該 二面，該下傳動輪包括下傳動輪第一面，該下傳動輪:第一 144545.doc 201103707 面位於與該棘輪頭相連的下傳動輪第二 該中間傳動輪第二面有選擇地接合:：：側，並且 該套筒接合部連接到該下傳動輪第二面輪第-面並且 機構接觸該組端面傳動輪，從而選 =向選擇 筒接合部以使其從該空心内腔延伸出來，：而向可：位該套 其中力矩以不同的轉動比從該棘輪頭經由斥::： =輪:傳遞給該套筒接合部；用蓋板覆蓋棘輪頭的空 心内腔。在-個實施例中，端面傳動 貞的二 緣延伸到傳動輪中心的多個齒，的；專：：外邊 距根據具體用途而定。在盆它實播；^的间度'斜率和間 可以呈^铋而 纟4貫施财，該組端面傳動輪 八化，建面、端面齒輪 '離合結構、肋 面、波浪狀面、起伏面、斜紋面、線紋面、槽紋面、= 形面、帶齒面、嗜士； . 、 噴丸面、先滑面、粗糙面、粘性面或是其 匕適。允許表面之間產生摩擦的表面。套筒接合部是可 換的，可更換為不同尺寸的套筒接合部。 本發明還包括—纪用於傳遞力矩的端面傳動輪H 括上端面傳動輪，具有部分有織構的上傳動輪面；—個 或多個又面中間端面傳動輪，每個雙面中間端面傳動輪具 有至少部分有織構的中間傳動輪第—面，豸中間傳動輪第 -面設置成接合所述至少部分有織構的上傳動輪面並且在 至少部分有織構的中間傳動輪第二面的相反側，該中間傳 動輪第二面設置成接合下端面傳動輪的至少部分有織構的 下傳動輪面’以便將力矩從上端面傳動輪傳遞至下端面傳 動輪。在-個實施例中，部分有織構的傳動輪面為端面齒 144545.doc 201103707 輪，其中多個齒從傳動輪外邊緣延伸到傳動輪中心，這此 齒的南度、斜率和間距根據具體用途而定。 本發明的-個實施例包括棘輪H該棘輪襄置包括從 具有空心内腔的棘輪頭延伸出的手柄，和設置在空心内腔 中的一組端面傳動輪。該組端面傳動輪包括在上端面傳動 :和下端面傳動輪之間的-組-個或多個中間端面傳動 =該組端面傳動輪包括上端面傳動輪，其具有與棘輪頭 相m端面傳動輪第—面’該上端面傳動輪第—面位於 至少部分有織構的上端面傳動輪第二面的相反侧，還包括 一個或多個中間端面傳動輪。每個中間端面傳動輪且有至 少部分有織構的中間端面傳動輪第—面，其接合至少部分 有織構的上端面傳動輪第二面的至少—部分並且在至少部 分有織構的中間端面傳動輪第二面的相反側。下端面傳動 輪包括至少部分有織構的下端面傳動輪第一面，其與至少 部分有織構的中間端面傳動輪第二面的至少—部分相連並 在下端面傳動輪第二面的相反側。套筒接合部與下端面傳 ，輪：_面連接並且設置成從空心内腔伸出以可拆裝地接 、内套间中轉矩以不同轉動比從棘輪頭經由該組端面傳 動輪被傳遞給套筒接合部。 個實施例包括用於傳遞轉矩的一組端面傳動輪，其具 有在上端面傳動輪和下端面傳動輪之間的一組雙面中間端 面傳動輪。上端面傳動輪具有至少部分有織構的上傳動輪 面…個或多個雙側中間端面傳動輪各具有至少部分有織 構的中間傳動輪第-面，其設置成嚙合至少部分有織構的 144545.doc 201103707 上傳動輪面並在至φ 人一， 反側，該中間傳動产第構的中間傳動輪第二面的相 ”專動輪弟二面設置成接 少部分有織構的下傳動於而 的至 傳遞至下端面傳動輪動輪面，以便將轉矩從上端面傳動輪 本發明還包括-種製造力矩傳遞機構的方法， :步驟：將上傳動輪的至少部分有織構的上傳動輪面定位 成接觸-個或多個雙面中間傳動輪的至少部分有織構的中 間傳動輪第-面’將所述一個或多個雙面中間傳動輪的至 少部分有織構的中間傳動輪第二面定位成接觸下傳動輪的 至少部分有織構的下傳動輪面，以便將轉賴 遞至下傳動輪。 輪傳 【實施方式】 儘管以下詳細說明了本發明各實施例的完成和使用Μθ 應該認識到’本發明提供許多可應用的有創意的設想，其 可以在廣闊的特定範圍内得以實施。本文所述的特^實施 例只是表示完成和使用本發明的特定方式，而不是要限制 本發明的範圍。 為了幫助理解本發明，以下定義了許多術語或用語。本 文所定義的術語或用語具有如在與本發明相關領域中的普 通技術人員通常所理解的含義。用語「—」和「該或戶^ 述」不是只指其單數形式，還包括為說明而舉出其中某個 例子的整個類。本文的術語被用於說明本發明的特定實施 例’但其用途沒有限定本發明的範圍，除了如權利要求金 所列舉的。 曰 144545.doc 201103707 本發明包括用於傳遞棘 ^, 邈轉矩的—組端面傳動輪。該組傳動 輪包括具有至少部分右繃 、 的上傳動輪面的上端面傳動輪 和一個或多個雙面中間端 ^ 傳動輪，母個雙面中間端面傳 =括至少部分有織構的中間傳動輪第一面，該中間傳 ^輪第1設置成接合料至少部分线構的上傳動輪面 位於至少部分有織構的中間傳動輪第二面的相反側，該 中間傳動輪第二面設置成接合下端面傳動輪的至少部分有 織構的下傳動輪面，以便將轉矩從上端面傳動輪傳遞至下 端面傳動輪。 圖1是本發明的棘輪扳手10的_個實施例的透視圖。棘 輪扳手Π)包括主體12，該主體包括頭部14和從頭部14延伸 出的手柄部16 °手柄部16被構造成能讓扳手1G的使用者握 住。頭部14在傳動輪空腔(未示出)中容納傳動機構18(以下 將做詳細說明），該傳動輪空腔形成在棘輪扳手H)的主體 月側。P 20中。主體背側部2G包括反轉件22，該反轉件由在 主體背側部20上的旋柄24操作’以便選擇性地接合入傳動 機構18的定向運動。頭部14包括在與主體背側部20相反的 正面28上的套筒接合部26。傳動輪空腔(未示出”立於正面 28、主體背側部20和頭部14的側面之間。傳動輪空腔（未 示出）可以被封閉或打開並且可以形成在頭部Μ、主體背 側部20、正面28或者它們的一部分中。 套筒接合部26包括圓柱形凹槽3〇,用於容納彈簧(未示 出）和球32。圓柱形凹槽3〇、彈簧（未示出）和球32如此配 置，即球32的一部分和彈簽（未示出）保#在圓柱形凹槽30 144545.doc 201103707 内’而彈簧（未示出）偏壓球32的另—部分至圓柱形凹槽3〇 外。這允許球32在套筒（未示出）正被裝接在套筒接合料 上時被基本上推入圓柱形凹槽3〇中，但仍然對套筒（未示 出）施壓’從而套筒（未示出）保持接附在套筒接合部％上。 為了取下套筒（未示出），使用者只需拉拽套筒（未示出）離 開正面28。球32被允許轉動，由此允許取下套筒（未示 出）。當然，其它佈置結構也可以被用於將套筒（未示出）保 持至套筒接合部26，所示的實施例不應該被認為有任何限 制意味。 圖2A至圖2C示出了本發明的棘輪扳手1〇的側面剖視 圖。圖2A是本發明的棘輪扳手1()的—個實施例的剖視圖。 棘輪扳手1G包括主體12，其具有頭部14和通過桿34連接的 手柄部16。手柄部16被構造成能被扳手_使用者握住並 可以包括織構㈣36 °頭部Η包括具有反轉件22的主體背 側部20,該反轉件帶有設在主體背側㈣上的旋柄24。頭 部14在與主體背側部20相反的正面28具有套筒接合部26, 以形成傳動輪空腔48。套筒接合部26包括圓柱形凹槽3〇, 用於容納彈簧38和球32。圓柱形凹槽Μ、彈簧W和球Μ如 此配置’使得球32的-部分和彈簧38保持在圓柱形凹槽3〇 中’而彈*38偏壓球32的另一部分至圓柱形凹槽3〇外。這 允許球32在套筒（未示出）正被裝接在套筒接合部％上時被 基本上推入圓柱形凹槽3〇中，但仍能對套筒（未示出）施 壓’從而套筒（未示出）保持接附在套筒接合部26上。為取 下套筒（未示出），使用者只需拉拽套筒（未示出）離開正面 144545.doc 201103707 28。球32被允許轉動，由此允許用戶較容易地移動套筒 (未示出）。當然，其它結構配置也可被用於將套筒（未示 出）保持到套筒接合部26上，所示實施例不應該被認為有 任何限制意味。 頭部14容納傳動機構18，該傳動機構安置在棘輪扳手ι〇 的主體背側部2〇和正面28之間。在一個實施例中，傳動機 構18包括包含第一傳動輪4〇的套筒接合部％。第一傳動輪 4〇具有背向套筒接合部26的第一傳動輪面（未示出）。中間 :動輪殼體42包括多個中間傳動輪仏、4仆和44c，它們 牙過中間傳動輪殼體42並且從第一傳動輪40延伸至第二傳 動輪46。每個中間傳動輪仏、攝、仏包括朝向第—傳 動輪佈置的中間傳動輪第—面（未示出）和朝向第二傳動 輪46佈置的中間傳動輪第二面(未示出）。中間傳動輪第一 ,卜（未丁出）的至少一部分接觸第一傳動輪面（未示出）的至 二：二中間傳動輪第二面(未示出)的至少-部分接觸 第一傳動輪面（未示出）的至少一部分。 =傳動輪46的轉動方向可利用主體背側部紙的旋柄 調整反轉件22以定位—棘爪（未示出），從 限制第二傳動輪46的轉動方向。 位ΐί:: ’第二傳動輪46依據旋柄24和棘爪(未示出)的 情一：方向上轉動。這種構造允許棘輪扳手10的手柄 柄部關1 方向上圍繞頭部14順利轉動。棘輪板手10的手 _ %碩部Μ在相反方向上的轉動迫使這些零部件i 鎖並阻礙其轉動’以迫使第二傳動輪46轉動。轉動方= 144545.doc -12- 201103707 以通過移動旋柄24被顛倒，而旋柄又移動反轉件η來定位 該棘爪(未示出)’從而限制轉動方向。棘輪扳手 部16於是可以在相反方向上自由轉動，而在其它方向上的 轉動造成這些零部件鎖死並阻礙其轉動，以迫使第二傳動 輪26轉動。這種構造允許選擇手柄部丄6順時針自由轉動， 而手柄部1 6的逆時針轉動導致套筒接合部2 6的逆時針轉 動’或者這種構造允許選擇手柄部16逆時針轉動，而手柄 部16的順時針轉動導致套筒接合部26的順時針轉動。 在操作中’手柄12的轉動引起第二傳動輪46的轉動。第 二齒輪面（未示出）的至少—部分接觸每個中間傳動輪第二 面(未示出)的至少—部分。當第二傳動輪粍轉動時，令間 傳動輪第二面（未示出）接觸中間傳動輪44a、44b和44c，從 而引起轉動巾間傳動輪44a、楊和44c定位在中間 輪殼體42中並且相對其它組成部件保持在登直位置和水準 位置》當中間傳動輪44a、44b和仏轉動時，中間傳動輪 第一面（未示出）的至少一部分接觸第一傳動輪面（未示出） 的至少一部分，由此使第一傳動輪⑽轉動並又 合部26轉動。 嘗同接 圖⑼是本發明棘輪扳手1Q的—個實施例的剖視圖。棘輪 扳手^包括主體12，其包括頭部M和手柄㈣。頭部邮 括主體背側部20和在與該主體背側部2〇相反的正面μ的套 筒接合部26’從而構成傳動輪空賴。套筒接合部26包括 圓柱形凹槽（未不出），用於接納彈菁（未示出）和球32。頭 部14包含傳動機構18’該傳動機構安置在棘輪扳手10的主 144545.doc -13- 201103707 體背側部20和正面28之間。在一個 包括包含第-傳動輪4。的套筒接合部％:第二：動機構18 有背向套筒接合部26的第—傳動輪面(未示出）：輪40具 :和爾第一傳動輪4〇延伸向第二傳動輪= 間傳動輪44a、44b包括朝向第—傳動輪4〇佈置的中 =(面未(未:)出)Γ向第二傳動輪46佈置的中間傳動輪 第一面（未不出）。中間傳動輪第—面（未示心的至少一部 傳：面(未示出)的至少_部分，㈣傳動輪 (未不出）的至少—部分接觸第二傳動輪面（未示出） 的至少一部分。 圖2C是本發明棘輪扳手1〇的一個實施例的剖視圖。棘輪 扳手1〇包括主體12’它包括頭部14和手柄心。頭部⑽ 括主體背側部20和在與主體背側部2()相反的正面μ的套筒 接合部26’從而構成傳動輪空腔48。㈣接合部％包括圓 柱形凹槽（未示出）’用於接納彈簧（未示出）和球32。頭部 14包含傳動機構18，胃傳動機構安置在棘輪扳㈣的主體 背側部20和正面28之間。在一個實施例中’傳動機構抓 括包含第-傳動輪40的套筒接合部26。第—傳動輪4〇具有 背向套筒接合部26的第-傳動輪面（未示出）。中間傳動輪 44a和44b從第一傳動輪4〇延伸向第二傳動輪邨◊每個中間 傳動輪44a、44b包括朝向第一傳動輪4〇佈置的中間傳動輪 第一面（未示出）和朝向第二傳動輪46佈置的中間傳動輪第 一面（未示出）。中間傳動輪第一面（未示出）的至少一部分 接觸第-傳動輪面(未示出）的至少一部分，中間傳動輪第 I44545.doc • 14 - 201103707 出）的 二面（未示出）的至少一部分接觸第二傳動輪面（未示 至少一部分。 圖3A是本發明棘輪扳手1〇的一個實施例的頭部14的分解 視圖。棘輪扳手10包括主體12，其具有通過桿34相連的頭 部14和手柄部16。手柄部16構造成能讓扳手1〇的使用者握 住。頭部14包含傳動機構18，該傳動機構位於在主體背側 部20和正面28之間的傳動輪空腔48中。主體背側部2〇包括 反轉件（未示出）’其具有在主體背側部2〇上的旋柄（未示 ^)。主體背側部20包括緊固開口 5〇a，它的尺寸設計成能 容納定位緊固件520〇52b，用於將傳動機構以固定在頭部 14的傳動輪空腔48中。 第二傳動輪46定位在第二傳動輪殼體％的第二傳動輪殼 體開口 54中’这第二傳動輪殼體被構造成能裝人傳動輪空 腔48中。第二傳動輪毅體56包括緊固開口他、鳩，它們 對準定位緊固件52a和52b並可用其固定。第二傳動輪㈣ 有第傳動輪®(58，其能對配合表面施加轉矩^第二齒輪 面58可以是肋棱面、織構面、波浪狀面、起伏面、斜條紋 面、線紋面、槽紋面、嚙合形面、帶齒面、噴丸面、花鍵 面、光滑面、粗才造面、點性面或是其它適合允許表面之間 產生摩擦的表面。第二傳動輪46包括與第二傳動輪面帅 反的第二傳動輪背面60和位於第二傳動輪背面⑹和第二傳 動輪面58之間的第二傳動輪側面以。第二傳動輪面％、第 專動輪背面60和/或第二傳動輪側面62可以被構造成選 擇性地限制第二傳動輪46的轉動並由此接合棘輪機構。 144545.doc •15· 201103707 中間傳動輪殼體42靠近第二齒輪殼體56佈置，從而一部 分中間傳動輪殼體開口 64a、64b、6补和64(1與第二傳動輪 设體開口 54和第二齒輪46相交疊。每個中間傳動輪殼體開 口 64a、64b、64c和64d容納一個對應的中間傳動輪44&、 44b、44c和44d。每個中間傳動輪44a、4讣' 44c和4^具 有中間傳動輪第一面66和中間傳動輪第二面68，它們均^ 以是肋棱面、織構面、波浪狀面、起伏面、 紋面、槽紋面、喃合形面、帶齒面、喷丸面、=二 滑面、粗糙面、枯性面或是其它適合允許表面之間產生摩 擦的表面。中間傳動輪构、桃、44咏44(1被定位成使每 個中間傳動輪第二面68的-部分對準和匹配第二傳動輪“ 的第二齒輪面58。 第一傳動輪40定位在具有緊固開口5〇a和5此的第一傳動 輪殼體72的第-傳動輪殼體開口 7〇中。第一 套筒接合㈣，其延伸以接合套筒（未示出）或延長結構^ 不出)。套筒接合部26包括圓柱形凹槽(未示出），用於容納 =未不出）和球32。圓柱形凹槽（未示出）、彈簣（未示出） 二=:“冓造’使得球32的一部分和彈簧(未示出)被保 Γ 槽（未示出）中，而彈菁（未示出則㈣的 另―部分到ϋ柱形凹槽（未示出）外。這允許㈣在套筒（未 二出未)：中定在套筒接合部%上時被基本推入圓柱形凹 “未不出)中，但仍對套筒施加壓力，從 ^附接在套筒接合部26上。為了取下套筒(未示出)，= 僅拉拽套筒（未示出）離開正面28。球32被允許轉動， 144545.doc •16· 201103707 由此使用者更容易使套筒運動。當然，其它結構配置也可 以被用來將套筒（未示出）保持到套筒接合部26上。第一傳 動輪40包括與套筒接合部勒反的第—傳純面74並且包 括這樣的表面’該表面是肋棱面、織構面、波浪狀面、起 伏面斜條紋面、線紋面、槽紋面、嚙合形面、帶齒面、 喷丸面I鍵面、光滑面、粗健面、姑性面或是其它適合 允許表面之間產生摩擦的表面。第―傳動輪殼體開口川被 設置成能安置與中間傳動輪第_面66的—部分接觸的第一 傳動輪面74的至少一部分。第一傳動輪殼體”包括緊固開 口 50a和50b，它們對準定位緊固件52a和52b並且可以用其 緊固。 八 正面28定位在主體背側部2()的相反面，以將傳動機如 固定在棘輪扳手1〇的傳動輪空腔48中。定位緊固件Wa和 52b被佈置成穿過第二傳動輪殼體56中的緊固開口 和 50b、中間傳動輪殼體42和第一傳動輪殼體72，並進入緊 固開口 76a和76b中，以允許正面28封閉傳動輪空腔48並將 傳動機構18固定在頭部14的傳動輪空腔48中。 圖3B是第二傳動輪46的側視圖。第二傳動輪46包括與第 二傳動輪面58相反的第二傳動輪背面6〇 '和位於第二傳動 輪背面60和第二傳動輪面58之間的第二傳動輪側面仏第 二傳動輪面58、第二傳動輪背面6〇和/或第二傳動輪側面 62可以是肋棱面、織構面、波浪狀面、起伏面、斜條紋 面、線紋面、槽紋面、嚙合形面、帶齒面、喷丸面、花鍵 面、光滑面、粗糙面、粘性面或是其它適合允許表面之間 144545.doc 17 201103707 摩擦的表面。 圖3C是第二傳動輪殼體56的俯視圖。第二傳動輪46定位 在第二傳動輪殼體56的第二傳動輪殼體開口54中，該第二 傳動輪殼體被構造成能裝入傳動輪空腔（未示出）中並且可 通過接合緊固開口 50a和50b而被固定。第二傳動輪面^可 以是肋棱面' 織構面、波浪狀面、起伏面、斜條紋面、線 紋面、槽紋面、嚙合形面、帶齒面、喷丸面、花鍵面、光 滑面、粗糙面、粘性面或是其它適合允許表面之間產生摩 擦的表面。 圖3D是多個中間傳動輪44之一的側視圖。每個中間傳動 輪44具有中間傳動輪第一面66，其通過傳動輪中間部分與 中間傳動輪第二面68分隔開。中間傳動輪第一面66、中間 傳動輪第二面68和/或傳動輪中間部分可以分別是肋棱 面、織構面、波浪狀面、起伏面、斜條紋面、線紋面、槽 紋面、嚙合形面、帶齒面、喷丸面、花鍵面、光滑面、粗 糙面、粘性面或是其它適合允許表面之間產生摩擦的表 面。 圖3E是中間傳動輪殼體42的俯視圖。中間傳動輪殼體42 包括多個中間傳動輪殼體開口 64a、64b、64c和64d，它們 與第二傳動輪殼體開口（未示出）、第二傳動輪（未示出）交 疊’並且該中間傳動輪殼體利用緊固開口 50&和50b固定。 每個中間傳動輪殼體開口 64a、64b、64c、64d容納一個對 應的中間傳動輪44a、44b、44c ' 44d，這些中間傳動輪且 有中間傳動輪第一面66a、66b、66c和66d，所述中間傳動 144545.doc •18· 201103707 輪第面可以是肋棱面、織構面、波浪狀面、起伏面、斜 條、、’文面線紋面、槽紋面、喊合形面、帶齒面、喷丸面： 化鍵面、光滑面、粗糖面、枯性面或是其它適合允許表面 之間產生摩擦的表面。 圖3F是其中—個第一傳動輪4〇的側視圖。第一傳動輪4〇 包括套筒接合部26 ’其延伸而接合套筒（未示出）或延長結 構（未不出）。套筒接合部26包括圓柱形凹槽（未示出），用 於容納彈簧（未示出）和球32。第—傳動輪40包括在套筒接 合料相反面的第—傳動輪面74並且包括這樣的表面，該 表面疋肋棱面 '織構面、波浪狀面、起伏面、斜條紋面、 線紋面、槽紋面、喷合形面、帶齒面、喷丸面、花鍵面、 光滑面、粗糖面、拙<w：品+ a # 一〜 摩擦的表面。面或疋其它適合允許表面之間產生 =第：傳動輪殼體72的俯視圖。第一傳動輪4。定位 在八有緊固開口5〇a'5〇b的第一傳動輪 輪殼體開口 70中《•第—傳動 的弟傳動 伸以接合套筒或延長結構(未；二括接合部26 ’其延 柱形凹槽（未套筒接合部26具有圓 圖4是本發明棘輪扳手的 不出）和球32。 圖。棘輪扳手Η)包括主體（未/的一個實施例的穿透視 頭部Μ延伸出的手柄部其包括頭部14和從該 ，其位於在主體背側部 ”1部14包含傳動機構 50b的正面28之間的傳動卜不出)和具有緊固開口 5〇a和 寸設計成能安裝定位中，這些緊固開口的尺 不出）’以便將傳動機構18 144545.doc •19. 201103707 緊固在頭部14的傳動輪空腔μ中。 頭部U包括位於與主體背側部（未示出）相反的正㈣的 套筒接合部26。套筒接合部26包括圓柱形凹㈣（未示 出於容納彈簧（未示出）和球32。圓柱形凹槽％、彈菁 (未不出）和球32如此配置’使得球32的一部分和彈著（未示 出）被保持在圓柱形凹槽3〇中.，而彈簧（未示出）偏壓球训 另一部分至圓柱形凹槽3G外。這允許球32在套筒（未示出） 正被裝設到套筒接合部26上時被基本上推入圓柱形凹槽％ 中’但仍對套筒施壓，從而套筒（未示出）保持附 接合部26上。 可以從圖中看出’第__傳動輪殼體開口 和第—傳動輪 4〇的外輪麻與中間傳動輪仏、州、仏、州的—部分： ^，從而覆蓋每個中間傳動輪44a、桃、44c、44d 一部 力。第-傳動輪40具有第-傳動輪面（未示出），其接觸中 間傳動輪第-面（未示出），而中間傳動輪第二面（未示出） 接觸第二傳動輪面(未示出）。在操作中，轉動扳手(未示 出）帶動第二傳動輪（未示出）轉動，該第二傳動輪又通過第 二傳動輪面（未示出）和中間傳動輪第二面（未示出）之間的 相互作用而使每個中間傳動輪仏、桃、仏、州旋轉。 當中間傳動輪面（未示出）轉動時，相應的中間傳動輪第一 面（未示出m動並又使第-傳動輪面（未示出）、第一傳動 輪40和套筒接合部26發生轉動。 第傳動輪40定位在具有緊固開口 5〇a和5〇b的且位於正 面28附近的第一傳動輪殼體(未示出)的第一傳動輪殼體開 144545.doc 201103707 口70中。第一傳動輪殼體（未示出）、中間傳動輪殼體（未示 出）和第一傳動輪殼體（未示出）都通過傳動輪空腔48的尺寸 和緊固開口 50a和50b的位置而對齊^這種對齊允許第—傳 動輪4〇、中間傳動輪44a、4朴、4钧和44d以及第二傳動輪 (未示出）的部分交疊，從而產生特定傳動比，例如1:1 , 1.2 ， 1:3 ， 1:4 ， 1:5 ， 1:6 ， 1:7 ， 1:8 ， 1:9 ， 1:10 ， 1:11 ， 1.12 ’ 1:13 ’ 1:14 ’ 1:15 ’ 1:16 ， 1:17 ， 1:18 ， 1:19 ， 1:20 ’ 1:>2〇，>2〇:1，19:1，18:1，17:1，16:1，15:1， 14:1 ’ 13:1 ’ 12:1 ， 11:1 ， ι〇:ι ， 9:1 ， 8:1 ， 7:1 ， 6:1 ， 5:1，4:1，3:1，2:1，0.5:1，〇.25:1，〇3:1 , 〇1:1 , 0.05:1，0.25:0.6，以及其它變型及其增量比。 圖5A是本發明傳動機構交疊的分解透視圖。本發明提供 第一傳動輪46和中間傳動輪44a、44b、44c和44d的部分交 疊，並且运些中間傳動輪與第一傳動輪40部分交疊，由此 提供特定傳動比，例如1:1，1:2，1:3，1:4，1:5 , 1:6， 1.7 ’ 1.8 ， 1:9 ’ 1:1〇 ， 1:11 ， 1:12 ， 1:13 ， 1:14 ， 1:15 ， 1.16 ’ 1.17 ’ 1:18，1:19 ’ 1:2〇，ι:>2〇，>20:1，19:1， 18·1 ， 17:1 ， 16:1 ， 15:1 ， 14:1 ， 13:1 ， 12:1 ， ιι:1 ， 10.1 ’ 9.1 ’ 8:1，7:1，6:1，5:1，4:1，3:1，2:1，0.5:1， Ο·25·1，Ο·3:1 ’ 〇·1:1 ’ 0.〇5:1，0.25:0.6，以及其它變型及 其增量比。 第一傳動輪46包括位於第二傳動輪面58相反側的第二傳 動輪青面60和位於該第二傳動輪背面⑼和第二傳動輪面58 之間的第二傳動輪側面62。第二傳動輪面兄、第二傳動輪 144545.doc -21- 201103707 背面60和/或第二傳動輪側面&可以是肋棱面、織構面、 波浪狀面、起伏面、斜條紋面、線紋面、槽紋面、嚙合形 面帶齒面、噴丸面、花鍵面、光滑面、粗糖面m生面 或是其它適合允許表面之間產生摩擦的表面。 每個中間傳動輪44a、44b、44c和44d具有中間傳動輪第 一面66a、66b、66c和66d、以及中間傳動輪第二面68a、 68b、68c和68d’它們可以獨立地為肋棱面、織構面、波 浪狀面、起伏面、斜條紋面、線紋面、槽紋面、嚙合形 面帶齒面、喷丸面、花鍵面、光滑面、粗縫面、|占性面 或是其它適合允許表面之間摩擦的表面。 第-傳動輪40包括與第一傳動輪背面76相反的第一傳動 輪面74並且包括這樣的表面，該表面是肋棱面、織構面、 波浪狀面、起伏面、斜條紋面、線紋面、槽紋面' 嚙合形 面、帶齒面、喷丸面、花鍵面、光滑面、粗糙面、枯性面 或是其它適合允許表面之間產生摩擦的表面。 圖5B是本發明的傳動元件的交疊情況的透視圖。該圖示 出了本發明多個傳動輪的—種可能的對準情況，其中這些 傳動輪有35%_75%交疊。第二傳動輪46包括位於第二傳動 輪面58相反側的第二傳動輪背面6〇,這種情況下第二傳動 輪面58的大約-半與每個中間傳動輪第二面⑽、湯、 68c和68d的大約一半交；a。e接六晶a 干乂瑩化種父疊允許第二傳動輪46轉 動並驅動中間傳動輪44a、44b、44c和44d轉動，其中每個 傳動輪的齒的尺寸、齒面和齒數以及傳動輪上的齒距和傳 動輪尺寸決定了傳動比。中間傳動輪第二面68”·、 144545.doc -22· 201103707 68c和68d被連接到中間傳動輪第一面66a、66b、6心和 66d ’從而隨著中間傳動輪第二面68&、68b、68c和68d的 轉動，中間傳動輪第一面66a、66b、66c和66d也被轉動。 中間傳動輪第一面66a、66b、66c和66d與第一傳動輪40的 第一傳動輪面74的大約一半交疊。當中間傳動輪第一面 66a、66b、66c和66d轉動時，與第一傳動輪面74的接觸引 起第一傳動輪面轉動並又帶動第一傳動輪4〇轉動。此外， 父疊又允許第二傳動輪46轉動並驅動中間傳動輪4^、 44b、44c和44d轉動，其中每個傳動輪上的齒尺寸、齒面 和齒數以及傳動輪上的齒距和傳動輪尺寸決定了傳動比。 中間傳動輪44a、44b、44c和44d轉動第一傳動輪4〇，其中 每個傳動輪上的齒的尺寸、齒面、齒數、傳動輪上的齒間 距和傳動輪尺寸較傳動比。第二傳動輪46的轉動引起第 -傳動輪40轉動，纟中每個傳動輪上的齒尺寸、齒面、齒 數、傳動輪上的齒距和中間傳動輪44a 傳動輪尺寸決定最終傳動比。 ' 44b ' 44c 、 44d的 祕是本發明第二傳動輪殼體的—個實施例的俯視圖， 圖犯是其透視圖。第二傳動輪（未示出）可歧位在第二傳 動輪殼體56的第二傳動輪殼體開5 j 54中。第二傳動輪殼體 56的尺寸可以被設計成能裝 1寻勃輪空腔（未示出）中。第 二傳動輪殼體面76可以是肋棱面、敏姓 丄、 ^織構面、波浪狀面、起 伏面、斜條紋面、線紋面、槽纟 h、.又面、嚙合形面、帶齒面、 喷丸面、花鍵面、光滑面 '粗糙面、 枯性面或疋其它適合 允許表面之間產生摩擦的表面。 144545.doc -23- 201103707 圖6 C疋本發明第二傳動輪的一個實施例的透視圖。第二 傳動輪46包括與第二傳動輪面5 8相反的第二傳動輪背面60 和位於第二傳動輪背面60和第二傳動輪面58之間的第二傳 動輪側面62 »第二傳動輪面58、第二傳動輪背面和/或 第一傳動輪側面62可以是肋棱面、織構面、波浪狀面、起 伏面斜條紋面、線紋面、槽紋面、嚙合形面、帶傳動 面喷丸面、彳t·鍵面、光滑面、粗較面、枯性面或是其它 適合允許表面之間產生摩擦的表面。 圖6D是本發明的第二傳動輪殼體和第二傳動輪的一個實 施例的側視圖。第二傳動輪46可以定位在第二傳動輪殼體 56的第二傳動輪殼體開口 54中。第二傳動輪殼體56的尺寸 可以被設計成能裝入傳動輪空腔（未示出）中。第二傳動輪 46延伸穿過第二傳動輪殼體開口 54’該第二傳動輪在第二 傳動輪殼體56的兩側具有外露部分。第二傳動輪“包括在 第二傳動輪面58相反側的第二傳動輪背面6〇和位於第二傳 動輪背面60和第二傳動輪面58之間的第二傳動輪側面q。 第二傳動輪面58、第二傳動輪背面60和/或第二傳動輪側 面62可以是肋棱面、織構面、波浪狀面、起伏面、斜條紋 面、線紋面、槽紋面、嚙合形面、帶傳動面、噴丸面、μ 鍵面、光滑面、粗糙面、粘性面或是其它適合允許表面 間產生摩擦的表面。 圖6Ε是本發明中間傳動輪殼體42的一個眚尬ν , 侧貫施例的俯視 圖，圖6F是其透視圖。中間傳動輪殼體42包括中間傳動於 殼體開口 64a、64b、64c和64d，它們也笫-你去▲ 、第一傳動輪殼體開 144545.doc -24- 201103707 口（未不出）和第二傳動輪交疊。每個中間傳動輪殼體開口 64a、64b、64c和64d容納一個相應的如圖6G所示的中間傳 動輪44。每個中㈣動輪44具有t間傳動輪第—面66和相 反的中間傳動輪第二面68,所述第—和第二面通過中間傳 動輪側面78分隔開。中間傳動輪44可以具有多個面，這些 面獨立地為肋棱面、織構面、波浪狀面、起伏面、斜條紋 面、線紋面、槽紋面、鳴合形面、帶齒面、喷丸面、花鍵 面、光滑面、粗糙面、粘性面或是其它適合允許表面之間 摩擦的表面。 圖6H是中間傳動輪殼體42的側視圖，其具有定位在架開 口 64a、64b、64c中的中間傳動輪44a、44b、44c，這些架 開口與第二傳動輪殼體開口（未示出）和第二傳動輪（未示 出）父璧。母個中間傳動輪殼體開口 64a、64b、64c容納相 應的中間傳動輪44a、44b、44c。每個中間傳動輪44a、 44b、44c具有中間傳動輪第一面66a、66b、66(：和相反的 中間傳動輪第二面68a、68b、68c，，所述第一和第二面 通過中間傳動輪側面78a、78b、78c分隔開。中間傳動輪 44a、44b、44c可以獨立地具有肋棱面、織構面、波浪狀 面、起伏面、斜條紋面 '線紋面' 槽紋面、。齒合形面、帶 齒面、噴丸面、花鍵面、光滑面、粗糙面、粘性面或者其 它合適的表面，以允許在中間傳動輪第一面66a、66b、 66c和中間傳動輪第二面68a、68b、68c和中間傳動輪側面 78a、78b、78c上的表面之間產生摩擦。 圖61是本發明的傳動機構1 8的一個實施例的剖視圖。圖 144545.doc -25- 201103707 61不出了具有定位在兩個第二傳動輪殼體56a和说和第二 傳動輪46a和46b之間的多個中間傳動輪的中間傳動輪殼體 42。中間傳動輪殼體42包括定位在傳動輪殼體開口⑷、 64b、64c中的三個中間傳動輪44&、4仆和44。，它們與第 二傳動輪殼體開口 54和第二傳動輪⑽分交疊。每個中間 傳動輪殼體開口 64a ' 64b、Me容納相應的中間傳動輪 4a 4仆44c母個中間傳動輪斗4^、4仙、Μ。具有中間 傳動輪帛Φ 66a、66b、66c和相反的中間傳動輪第二面 68&、68b、68c，它們通過中間傳動輪側面78a、7扑、78c 刀隔開。每個中間傳動輪第—面66a、66b、6心的—部分 接觸位於第二傳動輪殼體5“的第二傳動輪殼體開口 5:二 的第二傳動輪46a的第二傳動輪面58a的一部分。中間傳動 輪第-面68a、68b、68c接觸位於第二傳動輪殼體56b的第 二傳動輪殼體開口 54b中的第二傳動輪46b的第二傳動輪面 5 8b。乂疊允許第二傳動輪46a轉動並驅動中間傳動輪 a 44b和44c轉動，其中每個傳動輪上的啬的尺寸、齒 面齒數、傳動輪上的齒距和傳動輪尺寸確定傳動比。結 果，第二傳動輪46a和第二傳動輪46b按照由中間傳動輪 44a、44b和44c確定的傳動比轉動。 本發明傳動機構的另一個實施例包括使用插入件（例如 銷摔桿、穴釘、桿柱、方塊、numbs、接片、點粒、 鼓包或者其它相似的定位機構）來定位本發明的傳動輪。 中間傳動輪（未示出）可以通過延伸穿過傳動輪殼體的多 個銷疋位在兩個第二傳動輪殼體（未示出）和第二傳動輪（未 144545.doc -26- 201103707 不出)之間。三個中間傳動輪(未 示出）定位在期望的位置上餅身出）可以通過三個銷（未 出）與第二傳動輪（未示出）部分交 =三個中間傳動輪（未示 不出W的每-個具有中間傳動輪^二財㈣動輪（未 的中間傳動輪第二面，^ (未不出），和相反 分隔開。每個中：傳動=通過中間傳動輪側面(未示出) 銷（未示出）定位的第_ 面（未不出）的—部分接觸用 示出）的-部分。中間 1專1輪（未示出）的第二傳動輪面（未 輪（夫— 動輪第二面（未示出）接觸g 輪(未不出)的第二傳動輪 出)接觸第二傳動 :動輪(未示出)轉動並驅動允許第二 中每個傳動輪上的齒的 去寻動輪（未不出）轉動，其 和傳動輪尺寸決定了傳動比：:數、傳動輪上的齒 出）按照由中間傳動輪（未示出）確定^第二傳動輪（未示 技術人員將認識到，架 。專動比轉動。 置、開口的數量、開口的對乂 *的厚度、開口的位 的對準可以根據且體庳用七、沒些開口相對於其它開口 的目的，以下介紹的傳動比而變…說明 的多個實施例中的—：：：體的形狀'開口的數量和位置 J 些貫施例。 傳動輪殼體可以大择 傳動輪殼體開口。在傳動==有五個大體為圓形的 的切口。傳動輪殼體開口容^第"括設在該傳動輪殼體中 二組傳動輪(未示出)古，组傳動輪’它們以與第 的轉動使第二組傳動輪^_式定位’從而第-組傳動輪 表面決定的傳動比轉動^不出）以由傳動輪尺寸和傳動輪 144545.d〇c -27- 201103707 傳動輪殼體町以大體為圓形並具有兩個大體為圓形的傳 動輪殼體開口。所述傳動輪殼體開口容納第一組傳動輪， 它們以與第二組傳動輪交疊的方式定位，從而第一組傳動 輪的轉動使第二組傳動輪以由傳動輪尺寸和傳動輪表面決 定的傳動比轉動° 傳動輪殼體可以大體為圓形並且具有一個大體為矩形的 傳動輪殼體開口。傳動輪殼體開口容納第一組傳動輪，所 述第一組傳動輪以與第二組傳動輪交疊的方式定位，從而 第一組傳動輪的轉動使第二組傳動輪以由傳動輪尺寸和傳 動輪表面決定的傳動比轉動。 傳動輪殼體可以大體為多邊形並且具有六個大體為圓形 的傳動輪殼體開口。傳動輪殼體開口容納第—纟且傳動幹 所述第一組傳動輪以與第二組傳動輪交疊的方式定位 " 而第一組傳動輪的轉動使第二組傳動輪以由傳動輪尺寸= 傳動輪表面決定的傳動比轉動。 傳動輪殼體可以大體為矩形並且具有四個大體為圓形的 傳動輪殼體開口。傳動輪殼體開口容納 — 示出)’所述第—組傳動輪以與第二組傳動輪(未二二 的方式定位’從而第一組傳動輪(未示出) 又： 傳動輪(未示出)以由傳動輪尺寸和傳 :：： 比轉動。 卸决疋的傳動 傳動輪殼體可 傳動輪殼體開口 示出），所述第— 以大體為橢圓形並具有三個大體為圓形的 。傳動輪殼體開口容納第'组傳動輪(未 組傳動輪以與第二組傳動輪(未示 144545.doc • 28 - 201103707 的方式定位，從而第 傳動輪（未示出）以由傳j動輪（未示出）的轉動使第二組 比轉I 傳動輪尺寸和傳動輪表面決定的傳動 傳動輪殼體可以大體為= 的傳動輪殼體開口。傳’動並具有兩個大體為橢圓形 (未示出），該第—如# <體開口容納第-組傳動輪 a第、，且傳動輪以盘第-&搜*^ 叠的方式定位，從而笛ύ /、第—，、·且傳動輪（未示出）交 組傳動輪（未^ΓΓ傳料輪（未示出）㈣動使第二 島比轉動。 仏大小和傳動輪表面決定的傳 傳動輪殼體可以大體為多 傳動，〜門 *勹夕邊开/並具有兩個大體為圓形的 …傳動輪殼體開口容納第'组傳動輪(未 不出）該第一組傳動輪以與第-纟彳i 方式定位，從而第一 傳動輪（未示出）交疊的 ，且動輪（未示出）的轉動使第二組傳 =(。未不出）以由傳動輪大小和傳動輪表面決定的傳動比 置、開口的數量、開口對齊 可以變化的。 技術人員將會認識到’架的形狀、架的厚度、開口的位 Λ ΚΛ / L· jL·.» ta» _ — 開口相對其它開口的對齊是 傳動輪殼體包括通過傳動輪殼體側面分隔開的傳動輪殼 體頂面和傳動輪殼體底面88。傳動輪殼體包括傳動輪殼體 開口，它們從傳動輪殼體頂面延伸至傳動輪殼體底面。傳 動輪殼體開口包括開口側壁和在殼體底面上環繞開口延伸 的開口邊緣。傳動輪可以定位在傳動輪殼體的傳動輪殼體 開口中。傳動輪包括傳動輪背面，其位於通過傳動二則面 144545.doc -29· 201103707 分隔開的傳動輪面的相 相夂側與開口邊緣匹配的傳動輪邊 緣圍繞傳動輪側面的周緣定 緣疋位在—個替代實施例中，傳 輪邊緣和/或開σ邊緣本身是肋棱面、織構面、波浪狀 面、起伏面、斜條紋面、線紋面、槽紋面、喷合形面、帶 齒面、喷丸面、花鍵面、光滑面、粗輪面、枯性面或是其 匕適合允許表面之間摩擦的表面。傳動輪背面可以處於傳 動輪殼體頂面的表面之中、之上或之下。相似地，傳動輪 側面的寬度足以將傳動輪面定位在該傳動輪殼體底面的表 面之中、之上或之下。傳動輪面和/或傳動輪背面可以是 肋棱面、織構面、波浪狀面、起伏面、斜條紋面、線紋 面、槽紋面"齒合形面、帶齒面、喷丸面'花鍵面光滑 面粗縫面、枯性面或是其它適合允許表面之間產生摩擦 的表面。在另一個實施例中，傳動輪面是在工件的背面被 衝壓或成形。 圖7是本發明傳動輪佈置的一個實施例的側視圖。本發 明的這個實施例包括三個中間傳動輪44&、4仆和4^，它 們以與第二傳動輪46和第一傳動輪4〇部分交疊的方式定 位。第一傳動輪40包括朝向中間傳動輪44a、4仆和4^定 位的第一傳動輪面74。每個中間傳動輪4^、4仆、4牦具 有中間傳動輪第-面66a、66b、66c，其位於中間傳動輪 第二面68a、68b、68e的相反面，並且它們通過中間傳動 輪側面78a、78b、78c分隔開。中間傳動輪44&、4朴、44c 可以獨立地為肋棱面、織構面、波浪狀面' 起伏面、斜條 紋面、線紋面、槽紋面、嚙合形面、帶齒面噴丸面、花 144545.doc -30· 201103707 鍵面、光滑面、粗糙面1性 aa _ ,. a疋其匕適合允許表面之 間摩擦的表面。每個中間傳動 輪第一面66a、66b、66c的 一部分接觸第一傳動輪4〇的第—彳电 ^ 傳動輪面74的一部分，第 一傳動輪如此定位，即第—值說 寻動輪面的交疊部分l〇6a、 106c接觸並且部分交疊中間傳 才切輪第一面66a、66b、66c 的中間傳動輪面的交疊部分108a 108c。每個中間傳動輪 第二面68a、68b、68c的一部分接觸第二傳動輪46的第二 傳動輪面58的—部分，第二傳動輪如此定位，即第二傳動 輪面的交疊部分11〇a、110c接觸並且部分交疊中間傳動輪 第二面68a、68b' 68c的中間傳動輪面的交疊部分112&、 心。這種佈置結構允許第一傳動輪4〇、第二傳動輪46和, 或三個中間傳動輪44a、44b和44c運動移向或離開相鄰的 傳動輪，以便接合或分離傳動機構和/或允許轉動。該運 動可以用磁體機構、開關機構、推動機構、扭轉機構或本 領域技術人員已知的其它機構選擇性地接合/分離來完 成。 圖8是本發明一個實施例的雙面傳動輪佈置的側視圖。 本發明的這個實施例包括與接觸雙面傳動輪丨14的第一組 中間傳動輪44a、44b、44c接觸的第—傳動輪扣的交疊， 該雙面傳動輪與第二組中間傳動輪44d、44e、44f接觸， 第二組中間傳動輪又接觸第二傳動輪46。第一傳動輪4〇包 括第一傳動輪面74 ’其以與中間傳動輪料冱、4仆、44c部 分交疊的方式定位。每個中間傳動輪44a、44b、44c具有 中間傳動輪第一面66a、66b、66c，其位於中間傳動輪第 • 31- 144545.doc 201103707 二面68a、68b、68c的相反側，並且它們通過中間傳動輪 側面78a、78b、78c分隔開。每個中間傳動輪第一面66a、 66b、66c的一部分接觸第一傳動輪40的第一傳動輪面74的 一部分。每個中間傳動輪第二面68a、68b、68c的一部分 如此接觸雙面傳動輪第一面11 6的一部分，使得在中間傳 動輪第二面68a、68b、68c和雙面傳動輪114的雙面傳動輪 第一面116之間形成部分交疊。雙面傳動輪114包括雙面傳 動輪第二面118，其與雙面傳動輪第一面116相反，並且它 們通過雙面傳動輪側面120分隔開。雙面傳動輪第二面i 18 定位成與中間傳動輪44d、44e、44f的一部分交疊。每個 中間傳動輪44d、44e ' 44f具有中間傳動輪第一面66d、 66e、66f ’其與中間傳動輪第二面68d、68e、68f相反，並 且它們通過中間傳動輪側面78d、78e、78f分隔開。每個 中間傳動輪第一面66d、66e、66f的一部分接觸雙面傳動 輪114的雙面傳動輪第二面118的一部分。每個中間傳動輪 第二面68d、68e ' 68f的一部分如此接觸第二傳動輪46的 第二傳動輪面58的一部分，使得在中間傳動輪第二面 68d、68e、68f和第二傳動輪面58之間形成部分交疊。 該交疊允許第一傳動輪40的轉動按照由第一傳動輪4〇和 第一組中間傳動輪44a、44b、4私之間的傳動輪接觸所限 定的特定傳動比被傳遞給第一組中間傳動輪44a、4仆、 44c。第—組中間傳動輪44a、44b、44c的轉動按照由第一 組中間傳動輪44a、44b、44c和雙面傳動輪114之間的傳動 輪接觸所限定的特定傳動比被傳遞給雙面傳動輪丨14。雙 144545.doc -32- 201103707 面傳動輪114的轉動按照由雙面傳動輪114和第二組中間傳 動輪44d、44e、44f之間的傳動輪接觸所限定的特定傳動 比被傳遗給第二組中間傳動輪44d、44e、44f。望_ ^ ^ -•組令 間傳動輪44d、44e、44f的轉動按照由第二組令間傳動輪 44d、44e、44f和第二傳動輪46之間的傳動輪接觸所限定 的特定傳動比被傳遞給苐二傳動輪46。該機構允許通過調 節第一組令間傳動輪44a、術、44c、第二組中間傳動: 44d 44e 44f、第一傳動輪4〇、雙面傳動輪ιΐ4和/或第二 傳動輪46將傳動比調節至肖定場合所期望的比值。 儘管結合手動卫具討論了本發明，但本發明的傳動輪和 傳動機構可被用於任何採用傳動輪的裝置。例如，本發明 的傳動輪減速和增速裝置可以被用在汽車、摩托車、八此 汽車、卡車、列車、飛機、舟艇、船舶、水運工\: 車、手推車、尚爾夫球車、台車、觀覽車、變速器 桿、變速箱、差速器、超速傳動裝置、傳動軸和其它具有 齒輪的件。此外，本發明的傳動輪減速和增速裝置可以 被用在任何採用傳動齒輪 置、透平擒Π: 這些裝置包括機械裝 置透千機、風磨機、水磨機m 具、機械手、假體、&目办 干孜予挽 ...^、、割草機、升降電梯、扶梯、桿 和卷軸、螺絲起子'鑽且、 干 缩機、天車“〜、 建桌設備、起重機械、壓 縮：天車、磨床'捲揚機、手錶、影印 且的吉“ 輪扳手、套筒扳手、用於鑽具和其它工 (0-90。)，以…广和其它工具的斜角連接機構 及其匕具有齒輪的褒置。此外，本發明的傳動 144545.doc -33 - 201103707 輪減速和增速裝置可以包括花鍵型錢傳動機構（如本申 請所述）’用於在單個裝置中提供傳動輪減速、加速和/或 增加的強度。 此外，本發明可以與不同的頭部設計連用，它允許翻 轉、回轉、樞轉'旋轉、鎖定或其它運動，以便將頭部定 位在期望位置。 圖9A是本發明另一個實施例的視圖，示出了不同的傳動 輪和傳動輪交疊。第二傳動輪46包括位於第二傳動輪_ 相反側的第二傳動輪背面6〇和位於第二傳動輪背面（未示 出）和第二傳動輪面58之間的第二傳動輪側面62。第二傳 動輪面58包括在第二傳動輪面58的接近中心部分的第二傳 動輪齒面122。 多個中間傳動輪44按照接觸第二傳動輪面58的方式突 位。儘管在此示出了兩個中間傳動輪44a和44b，但本領滅 技術人員應當認識到，可以採用更多或更少的中間傳鸯 輪，例如採用1、2、3、4、5、6、7、8、9、1〇或更多 個。每個中間傳動輪44具有中間傳動輪第一面“和中間傳 動輪第二面68，其中-部分可以具有織構以接觸其它表面 (例如獨立地為肋棱面、織構面、波浪狀面、起伏面、斜 條紋面、線紋面、槽紋面、嚙合形面、帶齒面、噴丸面、 祀鍵面、光滑面、粗糙面、粘性面或是其它適合允許表面 之間摩擦的表面）’並且不接觸主傳動機構的一部分在不 同於該主傳動機構的高度處是光滑的或有織構的（例如獨 立地為肋棱面、織構面、波浪狀面、起伏面、斜條紋面、 144545.doc •34· 201103707 線紋面、槽紋面、#人 光滑面、奸面：形面、帶齒面'喷丸面、花鍵面、 月囬粗糙面、粘性面或是i4人 的表面）。第-傳動輪允許表面之間摩擦 包括位於在中㈣動輪44的對面並且 号動輪面74相反側的第—值 出)、和位於第-傳動輪背面(未干出動輪…未不 門66筮-^ (禾下出）和第一傳動輪面74之 靜 動輪侧面102。第一傳動輪面74包括在第一傳 =4的接…部分的第-傳動輪傳動面⑴。 产嘵的：第一傳動輪4〇的俯視圖，其具有被無齒區域122 =傳動輪中心部12°。第-傳動輪中心和。可以 :肋：面、織構面、波浪狀面、起伏面、斜條紋面、線紋 曰、’文面、嚙合形面、帶齒面、噴丸面、花鍵面、光滑 、且糙面、粘性面或是其它適合允許表 面。，-傳動輪齒距124是第_齒126至第二齒128的距= 、是可以針對給定用途改變或變化的特定距離。在所示 視圖中’第一傳動輪中心部12〇具有多個齒，但在其它實 細例中’第-傳動輪中心部12〇可以是肋棱面、織構面、 皮/良狀面、起伏面、斜條紋面、《線紋面、槽紋面、响合形 Τ齒面、喷丸面、花鍵面、光滑面、粗趟面、粘性面 或疋其它適合允許表面之間摩擦的表面並且可具有不同 ° 第傳動輪面74被第一傳動輪中心部120所佔據的 4刀將取決於特定用途和所用齒輪。第一傳動輪中心部 120與中間傳動輪的一部分（未示出）對齊，交疊程度又將 取决於特定用途。第一傳動輪中心部120和無齒區域122起 至J允4本發明齒輪轉動的作用。齒輪齒距可以包括花鍵型 144545.doc -35- 201103707 其它地方所看到的那樣，用於提高 _是其中一個中間傳動二二或扭矩大小 動輪第-面66、中間傳動輪 二圖，其具有中間傳 立地為肋棱面、織構面、、皮，良： 出)’它們可以獨 線紋而祕 構面/ 皮浪狀面、起伏面、斜條紋面、 ’ ’ 、槽紋面、嚙合形面、帶齒面 来海,, 方丸面、化鍵面、201103707 VI. Description of the invention: [Technical field to which the invention pertains] A ratcheting device such as a nut. BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION 1. Field of the Invention This invention generally relates to the field of screwing, screwing, and transmission, and more particularly to reversible ratchet gear transmission [Prior Art] 'Incorporating gears for tools and other devices without limiting the scope of the invention The background of the invention is described. U.S. Patent No. 10, the entire disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference. The mechanism includes a housing having a central opening and a pair of slots on opposite sides of the central opening. Each slot has an arcuate end or a rounded end end opposite the central opening defining an arc of more than 18 degrees to substantially maintain a generally circular shape of the pawl therein handle. Since a pair of biasing members ' are provided in the housing, each pawl is biased inwardly toward the central opening and engages the teeth on the outer surface of the gear rotatably disposed within the central opening. A cover pivotally coupled to the pawl and the housing above the central opening is capable of selectively separating one of the pawls' to allow the gear to rotate in a particular direction within the central opening. No. 7,409,884 discloses a torque transmitting mechanism that connects an input shaft to an output shaft for transmitting rotation and torque from an input shaft to an output shaft in either direction, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. The torque transmitting device also inhibits the transfer of rotation and torque from the output shaft to the input shaft in at least one direction. For example, U.S. Patent No. 7,347,124 discloses a transmission tool kit, 144545.doc 201103707. The kit includes a shaft having a longitudinal axis having a drive end and a driven end, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. The driven end of the shaft is flexible relative to the drive end of the shaft to allow the driven end of the shaft to be displaced in an arcuate path relative to the drive end of the shaft. A torque transmitting mechanism is drivingly coupled to the driven end of the shaft. A flexible sleeve extension structure is disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 4,730,960, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference. The extension structure includes a pair of end caps that are connected by a flexible cord, one of which engages a female connector such as a sleeve. U.S. Patent No. 4,680,994, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein incorporated by reference in its entirety herein in its entirety in the the the the the the the The wrench includes a bevel gear and a pair of small bevel gears respectively mounted on the gear shaft and the pinion shaft, wherein the outer end of the pinion shaft is provided with a drive shaft. A locking cover is located on the outer end of the drive shaft for releasably locking the drive shaft to prevent it from rotating. The gear of the wrench is free to rotate in any direction - and the gear ratio and gear size can vary with the size of the wrench. A further example includes a continuously variable transmission device for use in a machine for rotating or linearly applying power and a vehicle disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 7,4,19,451. The transmission can be used in vehicles such as automobiles, motorcycles and bicycles. The transmission can be driven by a power transmission mechanism such as a sprocket, gear, pulley or lever to selectively drive a one-way clutch mounted on one end of the spindle. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION 144545.doc 201103707: The invention provides a transmission wheel set for transmitting torque. The drive wheel rental includes one or more intermediate drive wheels 'positioned between the upper drive wheel and the lower drive wheel for transmitting torque from the upper drive wheel to the lower drive wheel. a ❹ == each of the end drive wheels comprising a first portion of the at least partially textured intermediate Z drive wheel, configured to engage at least a portion of the textured upper drive tread and at least partially textured, BI τ The opposite side of the second side of the wheel. The lower drive wheel includes an at least partially textured lower drive tread that engages the second face of the at least partially textured intermediate drive wheel. ... ^Invented - a torque multiplying ratchet device. The ratchet device package = the extended handle. The ratchet head includes a hollow inner=Zhongguang group end face transmission wheel, and further includes a direction selection mechanism 2:; ^, the middle financial direction selection mechanism is operatively coupled with the set of end face transmission wheels 1==::' the sleeve joint portion The second hollow cavity is connected to the lower end of the lower transmission wheel to extend the socket to receive the sleeve removably. The Hai group W transmission wheel includes an upper (four) wheel. The upper transmission wheel is a lower wheel. Conversely, the wheel head is connected to the second side of the upper transmission wheel and includes the first side of the intermediate transmission wheel, the first side of the intermediate orbiting wheel and the second side of the intermediate transmission wheel, and the lower transmission is selectively engaged The uploading 1 seek wheel includes a first face of the lower drive wheel, the first face being opposite the side opposite the first face of the intermediate drive wheel of the ratchet head phase wheel, wherein the torque engages the first face of the lower drive wheel. The operation is transmitted to the sleeve joint. The 5H group knowing the transmission wheel is used in a solution. The end face transmission wheel has a plurality of teeth extending from the outer edge of the transmission wheel to the center of the transmission wheel, and a plurality of teeth of the upper α μ. The height, slope and spacing of the teeth are determined. In other embodiments, the set of end face transmission wheels may have a spline face, a face gear, a clutch structure, and a rib face: : wave band shape: undulating surface, twill surface, line surface, fluted surface, two sides, Toothed surface, shot blasting surface, umbrella, 'Dian & first, lunar surface' rough surface, sticky surface or fit. A surface that allows friction between surfaces. The direction selection mechanism moves the pawl of the intermediate drive wheel to select the direction of rotation of the set of end face drive wheels. The direction selection mechanism moves the intermediate transmission wheel to close the upper or lower transmission wheel to select the direction of rotation of the set of end face transmission wheels. The ratchet device may also include a shaft extending from the ratchet head to the sleeve engagement portion, a separation ball disposed within the opening in the barrel engagement portion, the sleeve engagement portion extending into the shaft t, including at least one concavely high rod, a rod extends into the shaft sleeve joint; a button on the ratchet head and connected to the rod, the core is moved downward to allow the rod to move toward the rod to >, - A recess. The sleeve joint may also be replaceable so that the sleeve joint can have a different drive as the spline transmission mechanism. The present invention also provides a method of manufacturing a ratchet device, the package step: at the ratchet head The inner cavity is inserted into the group-end face transmission wheel. In the middle, the group end drive wheel includes an upper transmission wheel, an intermediate transmission wheel and a lower transmission wheel, wherein the upper transmission wheel has an upper transmission wheel connected to the ratchet head. The first surface of the uploading wheel is located on the opposite side of the second side of the upper transmission wheel, and the middle door transmission wheel includes the first side of the intermediate transmission wheel, and the opposite side of the second side of the intermediate transmission wheel of the intermediate transmission wheel is selected Engaging the two sides, the lower transmission wheel includes a first side of the lower transmission wheel, the lower transmission wheel: the first 144545.doc 201103707 is located on the lower transmission wheel connected to the ratchet head, and the second side of the intermediate transmission wheel has Selectively engaging the ::: side, and the sleeve joint is coupled to the second face of the lower drive wheel and the mechanism contacts the set of end drive wheels, thereby selecting the direction of the cylinder engagement portion from the hollow Internal cavity extension Out: and to be: The set of bits wherein at different rotational torque than the ratchet wheel head via repellent = :::: transmitted to the engaging sleeve; ratchet head covered with a cover hollow lumen. In one embodiment, the two edges of the end face drive extend to a plurality of teeth in the center of the drive wheel; the:: the outer margin is determined by the particular application. In the pot, it is broadcasted; the interval between the 'degrees' and the interval can be between 铋 and 纟4, and the set of end face transmission wheels is eight, the face, the end gear 'clutch structure, the rib surface, the wavy surface, the undulation Face, twill, line, fluted, = face, toothed face, singer; , blasting surface, first sliding surface, rough surface, sticky surface or suitable. A surface that allows friction between surfaces. The sleeve joint is replaceable and can be replaced with a different size sleeve joint. The invention further comprises an end face transmission wheel H for transmitting torque, including an upper end drive wheel, having a partially textured upper transmission wheel surface; one or more intermediate end face transmission wheels, each double-sided intermediate end face transmission The wheel has an at least partially textured intermediate drive wheel first face, the intermediate drive wheel first face being configured to engage the at least partially textured upper drive tread and at least partially textured intermediate drive wheel second face On the opposite side, the second side of the intermediate transmission wheel is arranged to engage at least a portion of the textured lower drive tread ' of the lower end drive wheel to transmit torque from the upper end drive wheel to the lower end drive wheel. In one embodiment, the partially textured drive wheel face is a face tooth 144545.doc 201103707 wheel, wherein a plurality of teeth extend from the outer edge of the drive wheel to the center of the drive wheel, the southitude, slope and spacing of the tooth being based on Depending on the specific use. An embodiment of the invention includes a ratchet H that includes a handle extending from a ratchet head having a hollow interior and a set of end drive wheels disposed in the hollow interior. The set of end face transmission wheels comprises: - one or more intermediate end faces between the upper end drive: and the lower end drive wheel = the set of end drive wheels comprises an upper end drive wheel, which has a drive end with the ratchet head The first surface of the wheel is located on the opposite side of the second side of the at least partially textured upper end drive wheel and further includes one or more intermediate end drive wheels. Each intermediate end drive wheel has at least a partially textured intermediate end drive wheel first face that engages at least a portion of the second side of the textured upper end drive wheel and is at least partially textured intermediate The opposite side of the second side of the end drive wheel. The lower end drive wheel includes a first portion of the at least partially textured lower end drive wheel coupled to at least a portion of the second side of the at least partially textured intermediate end drive wheel and opposite the second side of the lower end drive wheel . The sleeve joint portion and the lower end surface are transmitted, the wheel is connected to the hollow surface and is disposed to be removably connected, and the torque between the inner sleeves is transmitted from the ratchet head through the set of end face transmission wheels at different rotation ratios. Give the sleeve joint. One embodiment includes a set of end face drive wheels for transmitting torque having a set of double-sided intermediate end drive wheels between the upper end drive wheel and the lower end drive wheel. The upper end drive wheel has an at least partially textured upper drive tread. The one or more double side intermediate end drive wheels each have an at least partially textured intermediate drive wheel first face that is configured to engage at least partially textured 144545.doc 201103707 Uploading the moving wheel surface and on the opposite side of the φ person, the opposite side, the phase of the second side of the intermediate transmission shaft of the intermediate transmission is set to be connected to a small number of textured lower transmissions. The invention also includes a method of manufacturing a torque transmitting mechanism by transferring to the lower end drive wheel surface to drive torque from the upper end face. Step:: at least partially textured upper drive tread of the upper drive wheel Locating at least a portion of the textured intermediate drive wheel of the one or more double-sided intermediate drive wheels a first face - at least a portion of the textured intermediate drive wheel of the one or more double-sided intermediate drive wheels The two sides are positioned to contact at least a portion of the textured lower drive wheel face of the lower drive wheel for the transfer to the lower drive wheel. [Embodiment] Although various embodiments of the present invention are described in detail below Completion and use of Μ θ It should be recognized that the present invention provides a number of applicable and inventive ideas that can be implemented in a wide range of specific embodiments. The specific embodiments described herein are merely illustrative of specific ways of accomplishing and using the present invention. Rather than limiting the scope of the invention, a number of terms or terms are defined below to help the understanding of the invention. The terms or terms defined herein have the meaning as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to which this invention relates. "-" and "the or the household" are not meant to be in the singular form, but also include the entire class for which one of the examples is given. The terminology herein is used to describe the particular embodiment of the invention, but the invention is not intended to limit the scope of the invention 144 144545.doc 201103707 The present invention includes a set of end face transmission wheels for transmitting ratcheting torque. The set of transmission wheels includes an upper end drive wheel having at least a portion of the right armature, and one or more double-sided intermediate end drive wheels, the parent double-sided intermediate end face transmission including at least a partially textured intermediate drive a first side of the wheel, the intermediate transmission wheel is first disposed such that the upper transmission wheel surface of the at least partial wire structure is located on the opposite side of the second surface of the at least partially textured intermediate transmission wheel, and the second surface of the intermediate transmission wheel is disposed At least a portion of the lower end drive wheel is coupled to the textured lower drive wheel surface for transmitting torque from the upper end drive wheel to the lower end drive wheel. 1 is a perspective view of one embodiment of a ratchet wrench 10 of the present invention. The ratchet wrench Π) includes a body 12 that includes a head portion 14 and a handle portion 16 that extends from the head portion 16. The handle portion 16 is configured to be held by a user of the wrench 1G. The head 14 houses a transmission mechanism 18 (described in detail below) in a drive wheel cavity (not shown) formed on the main body side of the ratchet wrench H). P 20 in. The main body back side portion 2G includes a reversing member 22 that is operated by a knob 24 on the main body back side portion 20 to selectively engage the directional movement of the transmission mechanism 18. The head 14 includes a sleeve engagement portion 26 on the front side 28 opposite the body back side portion 20. A drive wheel cavity (not shown) is formed between the front face 28, the body back side 20 and the side of the head 14. The drive wheel cavity (not shown) can be closed or opened and can be formed in the head squat, body back The side portion 20, the front surface 28, or a portion thereof. The sleeve joint portion 26 includes a cylindrical recess 3〇 for receiving a spring (not shown) and a ball 32. The cylindrical recess 3〇, spring (not shown And the ball 32 is configured such that a portion of the ball 32 and the bullet (not shown) are protected within the cylindrical recess 30 144545.doc 201103707 and the spring (not shown) biases the other portion of the ball 32 to The cylindrical recess 3 is external. This allows the ball 32 to be substantially pushed into the cylindrical recess 3 when the sleeve (not shown) is being attached to the sleeve splice, but still to the sleeve ( Not shown) pressing 'so the sleeve (not shown) remains attached to the sleeve joint %. To remove the sleeve (not shown), the user only needs to pull the sleeve (not shown) Leaving the front side 28. The ball 32 is allowed to rotate, thereby allowing the sleeve (not shown) to be removed. Of course, other arrangements can also be used The sleeve (not shown) is held to the sleeve joint 26, and the illustrated embodiment should not be considered to have any limitation. Figures 2A through 2C show side cross-sectional views of the ratchet wrench 1A of the present invention. 2A is a cross-sectional view of one embodiment of the ratchet wrench 1() of the present invention. The ratchet wrench 1G includes a body 12 having a head portion 14 and a handle portion 16 coupled by a rod 34. The handle portion 16 is configured to be wrenched _ The user holds and may include a texture. (4) The 36° head includes a body back side portion 20 having a reversing member 22 with a knob 24 disposed on the back side (four) of the body. The opposite front side 28 of the body back side 20 has a sleeve engagement portion 26 to form a drive wheel cavity 48. The sleeve engagement portion 26 includes a cylindrical recess 3 〇 for receiving the spring 38 and the ball 32. The cylindrical recess Μ The spring W and the ball are configured such that the - portion of the ball 32 and the spring 38 remain in the cylindrical recess 3' and the other portion of the ball 32 is biased to the outside of the cylindrical recess 3. This allows The ball 32 is substantially pushed into the cylindrical shape when the sleeve (not shown) is being attached to the sleeve joint portion % The groove (3), but still capable of applying a pressure to the sleeve (not shown) so that the sleeve (not shown) remains attached to the sleeve joint 26. To remove the sleeve (not shown), The user simply pulls the sleeve (not shown) away from the front side 144545.doc 201103707 28. The ball 32 is allowed to rotate, thereby allowing the user to move the sleeve (not shown) more easily. Of course, other structural configurations are also possible. Used to hold a sleeve (not shown) to the sleeve joint 26, the illustrated embodiment should not be considered to have any limitation. The head 14 houses a transmission mechanism 18 that is disposed on a ratchet wrench ι〇 Between the main body back side 2 〇 and the front side 28. In one embodiment, the transmission mechanism 18 includes a sleeve joint % that includes a first drive wheel 4''. The first drive wheel 4 has a first drive wheel face (not shown) facing away from the sleeve joint 26. Middle: The moving wheel housing 42 includes a plurality of intermediate drive rims, 4 servants and 44c that pass over the intermediate drive wheel housing 42 and extend from the first drive wheel 40 to the second drive wheel 46. Each intermediate transmission rim, camera, and cymbal includes an intermediate transmission wheel first face (not shown) disposed toward the first transmission wheel and an intermediate transmission wheel second face (not shown) disposed toward the second transmission wheel 46. At least a portion of the intermediate transmission wheel first, at least a portion of the first transmission wheel surface (not shown) contacts at least a portion of the second transmission surface (not shown) of the first transmission wheel surface (not shown) contacts the first transmission At least a portion of a tread (not shown). = The direction of rotation of the drive wheel 46 can be adjusted by the knob of the back side of the body to position the reversing member 22 to position the pawl (not shown) from the direction of rotation of the second drive wheel 46. Position ΐί:: 'The second transmission wheel 46 rotates in accordance with the shank 24 and the pawl (not shown). This configuration allows the handle of the ratchet wrench 10 to smoothly rotate around the head 14 in the direction of the handle. The rotation of the hand of the ratchet wrench 10 _ % Μ 迫使 in the opposite direction forces the parts i to lock and hinder their rotation 'to force the second transmission wheel 46 to rotate. The turning side = 144545.doc -12- 201103707 is reversed by moving the knob 24, and the knob moves the reversing member n to position the pawl (not shown) to limit the direction of rotation. The ratchet wrench portion 16 can then freely rotate in the opposite direction, while rotation in other directions causes these components to lock and hinder their rotation to force the second drive wheel 26 to rotate. This configuration allows the selection of the handle portion 丄6 to rotate freely clockwise, while the counterclockwise rotation of the handle portion 16 results in a counterclockwise rotation of the sleeve engagement portion 26 or this configuration allows the selection of the handle portion 16 to rotate counterclockwise, while the handle The clockwise rotation of the portion 16 causes a clockwise rotation of the sleeve engagement portion 26. In operation, the rotation of the handle 12 causes rotation of the second drive wheel 46. At least a portion of the second gear face (not shown) contacts at least a portion of a second face (not shown) of each intermediate drive wheel. When the second transmission rim rotates, the second side (not shown) of the inter-drive wheel contacts the intermediate transmission wheels 44a, 44b and 44c, thereby causing the inter-turning belt drive wheels 44a, YANG and 44c to be positioned in the intermediate wheel housing 42. Middle and relative to other components remain in the upright position and level position." When the intermediate transmission wheels 44a, 44b and the turns rotate, at least a portion of the first face of the intermediate drive wheel (not shown) contacts the first drive face (not shown) At least a portion of the outlet, thereby rotating the first transmission wheel (10) and rotating the hinge portion 26. The same figure (9) is a cross-sectional view of one embodiment of the ratchet wrench 1Q of the present invention. The ratchet wrench ^ includes a body 12 that includes a head M and a handle (four). The head portion includes a main body back side portion 20 and a sleeve joint portion 26' on the front side opposite to the main body back side portion 2'' to constitute a transmission wheel. The sleeve joint 26 includes a cylindrical recess (not shown) for receiving the elastomer (not shown) and the ball 32. The head portion 14 includes a transmission mechanism 18' that is disposed between the main body 144545.doc -13 - 201103707 body back side portion 20 and the front surface 28 of the ratchet wrench 10. Including the inclusion of the first transmission wheel 4. Sleeve joint %: second: the moving mechanism 18 has a first transmission wheel surface (not shown) facing away from the sleeve joint portion 26: the wheel 40 has: the first transmission wheel 4 〇 extends to the second transmission The wheel = intermediate transmission wheel 44a, 44b includes a first face (not shown) of the intermediate transmission wheel disposed toward the second transmission wheel 46 in the middle = (face not (not) out) disposed toward the first transmission wheel 4?. The intermediate drive wheel first face (at least one portion of the unillustrated heart: at least a portion of the face (not shown), and (d) at least a portion of the drive wheel (not shown) contacts the second drive wheel face (not shown) Figure 2C is a cross-sectional view of one embodiment of a ratchet wrench 1 of the present invention. The ratchet wrench 1 includes a body 12' which includes a head 14 and a handle core. The head (10) includes a body back side 20 and a body The sleeve portion 26' of the opposite side of the back side portion 2() thus constitutes the transmission wheel cavity 48. (4) The joint portion % includes a cylindrical groove (not shown) for receiving a spring (not shown) and a ball 32. The head 14 includes a transmission mechanism 18 disposed between the body back side 20 of the ratchet wrench (four) and the front side 28. In one embodiment, the transmission mechanism includes a sleeve engagement including the first transmission wheel 40. Part 26. The first transmission wheel 4 has a first transmission wheel face (not shown) facing away from the sleeve engagement portion 26. The intermediate transmission wheels 44a and 44b extend from the first transmission wheel 4〇 to the second transmission wheel village. Each intermediate transmission wheel 44a, 44b includes an intermediate transmission disposed toward the first transmission wheel 4 a first face of the wheel (not shown) and a first face (not shown) of the intermediate drive wheel disposed toward the second drive wheel 46. At least a portion of the first face (not shown) of the intermediate drive wheel contacts the first drive face At least a portion of the two sides (not shown) of the intermediate transmission wheel (not shown) contacts at least a portion of the second transmission wheel surface (not shown at least in part). FIG. 3A is the present invention. An exploded view of the head 14 of one embodiment of a ratchet wrench 1 . The ratchet wrench 10 includes a body 12 having a head 14 and a handle portion 16 connected by a rod 34. The handle portion 16 is configured to allow use of the wrench 1 The head 14 includes a transmission mechanism 18 located in the drive wheel cavity 48 between the body back side 20 and the front side 28. The body back side 2 includes a reversing member (not shown)' It has a knob (not shown) on the back side 2 of the main body. The main body back side 20 includes a fastening opening 5〇a sized to receive the positioning fastener 520〇52b for transmission The mechanism is fixed in the drive wheel cavity 48 of the head 14. Second The drive wheel 46 is positioned in the second drive wheel housing opening 54 of the second drive wheel housing %. This second drive wheel housing is configured to fit into the drive wheel cavity 48. The second drive wheel body 56 includes Fastening the opening, helium, they are aligned with and fixed by the positioning fasteners 52a and 52b. The second transmission wheel (4) has a first transmission wheel (58, which can apply a torque to the mating surface ^ the second gear surface 58 can be Rib face, texture surface, wavy surface, undulating surface, diagonal strip surface, line surface, fluted surface, meshing surface, toothed surface, shot blast surface, spline surface, smooth surface, rough surface a point surface or other surface adapted to allow friction between the surfaces. The second transmission wheel 46 includes a second transmission wheel back surface 60 that is opposite the second transmission wheel surface and a second transmission wheel back surface (6) and a second transmission The second drive wheel side between the races 58 is. The second drive wheel face %, the first drive wheel back face 60 and/or the second drive wheel side face 62 can be configured to selectively limit rotation of the second drive wheel 46 and thereby engage the ratchet mechanism. 144545.doc •15· 201103707 The intermediate drive wheel housing 42 is disposed adjacent to the second gear housing 56 such that a portion of the intermediate drive wheel housing openings 64a, 64b, 6 complements 64 (1 and the second drive wheel housing opening 54 and The second gears 46 are overlapped. Each of the intermediate drive wheel housing openings 64a, 64b, 64c and 64d receives a corresponding intermediate drive wheel 44 & 44b, 44c and 44d. Each intermediate drive wheel 44a, 4讣' 44c and 4^ has an intermediate drive wheel first face 66 and an intermediate drive wheel second face 68, both of which are rib faces, textured faces, wavy faces, undulating faces, embossed faces, fluted faces, merging faces , toothed surface, shot blasting surface, = two sliding surface, rough surface, dry surface or other surface suitable for allowing friction between the surfaces. Intermediate transmission wheel structure, peach, 44 咏 44 (1 is positioned so that each The second portion 68 of the intermediate transmission wheel is partially aligned and mated with the second gear surface 58 of the second transmission wheel. The first transmission wheel 40 is positioned at the first transmission wheel housing having fastening openings 5a and 5 The first drive wheel housing opening 7 of the body 72. The first sleeve engages (4) and extends to engage the sleeve (not The sleeve joint 26 includes a cylindrical recess (not shown) for receiving = not coming out and the ball 32. The cylindrical recess (not shown), the magazine (not shown) Two =: "Make" makes a part of the ball 32 and a spring (not shown) in the groove (not shown), and the other part of the ball (not shown) Outside of the cylindrical groove (not shown), this allows (iv) to be pushed into the cylindrical recess "not in the middle" when the sleeve is placed on the sleeve joint %, but still Pressure is applied to the sleeve and attached to the sleeve joint 26. To remove the sleeve (not shown), only the pull sleeve (not shown) exits the front side 28. The ball 32 is allowed to rotate, 144545.doc •16· 201103707 It is thus easier for the user to move the sleeve. Of course, other structural configurations can also be used to hold the sleeve (not shown) to the sleeve joint 26. The first drive wheel 40 Included with the first joint pure surface 74 reversing the sleeve joint portion and including such a surface 'the surface is a rib surface, a textured surface, a wavy surface, a undulating surface, a striped surface, a line pattern Surface, fluted surface, meshing surface, toothed surface, shot surface I key surface, smooth surface, rough surface, abundance surface or other surface suitable for allowing friction between surfaces. The open channel is configured to be capable of seating at least a portion of the first drive wheel surface 74 that is in partial contact with the _plane 66 of the intermediate drive wheel. The first drive wheel housing includes fastening openings 50a and 50b that are aligned and positioned The firmware 52a and 52b can be fastened with it. Eight front faces 28 are positioned on opposite sides of the back side 2() of the body to secure the conveyor, such as in the drive wheel cavity 48 of the ratchet wrench 1〇. The positioning fasteners Wa and 52b are arranged to pass through the fastening openings and 50b in the second transmission wheel housing 56, the intermediate transmission wheel housing 42 and the first transmission wheel housing 72, and into the fastening openings 76a and 76b. To allow the front face 28 to enclose the drive wheel cavity 48 and secure the transmission mechanism 18 in the drive wheel cavity 48 of the head 14. FIG. 3B is a side view of the second transmission wheel 46. The second transmission wheel 46 includes a second transmission wheel back surface 6' opposite the second transmission wheel surface 58 and a second transmission wheel side 仏 second transmission between the second transmission wheel back surface 60 and the second transmission wheel surface 58 The tread 58, the second transmission wheel back 6 〇 and/or the second transmission wheel side 62 may be rib faces, textured faces, undulating faces, undulating faces, diagonal stripes faces, line faces, fluted faces, meshing Shaped, toothed, shot, spline, smooth, rough, adhesive or other surface suitable to allow friction between surfaces. FIG. 3C is a top plan view of the second drive wheel housing 56. The second drive wheel 46 is positioned in the second drive wheel housing opening 54 of the second drive wheel housing 56, the second drive wheel housing being configured to fit into the drive wheel cavity (not shown) and passable The fastening openings 50a and 50b are engaged to be fixed. The second transmission wheel surface ^ may be a rib surface "texture surface, wavy surface, undulating surface, diagonal strip surface, line surface, fluted surface, meshing surface, toothed surface, shot blast surface, spline surface , smooth, rough, sticky, or other surface suitable to allow friction between the surfaces. FIG. 3D is a side view of one of the plurality of intermediate transmission wheels 44. Each intermediate drive wheel 44 has an intermediate drive wheel first face 66 that is separated from the intermediate drive wheel second face 68 by a middle portion of the drive wheel. The intermediate drive wheel first face 66, the intermediate drive wheel second face 68 and/or the intermediate portion of the drive wheel may be rib faces, textured faces, wavy faces, undulating faces, diagonal stripes faces, line faces, and flutes, respectively. Face, meshing face, toothed face, shot blast face, spline face, smooth face, rough face, adhesive face or other surface suitable to allow friction between the surfaces. FIG. 3E is a top plan view of the intermediate drive wheel housing 42. The intermediate drive wheel housing 42 includes a plurality of intermediate drive wheel housing openings 64a, 64b, 64c and 64d that overlap the second drive wheel housing opening (not shown) and the second drive wheel (not shown). And the intermediate transmission wheel housing is fixed by fastening openings 50 & and 50b. Each intermediate drive wheel housing opening 64a, 64b, 64c, 64d receives a corresponding intermediate drive wheel 44a, 44b, 44c '44d, which has intermediate drive wheel first faces 66a, 66b, 66c and 66d, The intermediate transmission 144545.doc •18· 201103707 may be a rib surface, a textured surface, a wavy surface, a undulating surface, a diagonal strip, a 'text line surface, a fluted surface, a shouting surface, Toothed surface, shot surface: chemical surface, smooth surface, raw sugar surface, dry surface or other surface suitable for allowing friction between surfaces. Fig. 3F is a side view of the first transmission wheel 4〇. The first drive wheel 4'' includes a sleeve joint 26' that extends to engage a sleeve (not shown) or an extended structure (not shown). The sleeve joint 26 includes a cylindrical recess (not shown) for receiving a spring (not shown) and a ball 32. The first transmission wheel 40 includes a first transmission wheel surface 74 on the opposite side of the sleeve material and includes a surface that is a ribbed surface, a textured surface, a wavy surface, a undulating surface, a diagonal strip surface, and a line pattern. Surface, fluted surface, sprayed surface, toothed surface, shot blast surface, spline surface, smooth surface, raw sugar surface, 拙 <w: product + a # a ~ rubbing the surface. A face or a cymbal is suitable for allowing a top view of the drive wheel housing 72 to be generated between the surfaces. The first transmission wheel 4. Positioned in the first drive wheel housing opening 70 of the eight fastening opening 5〇a'5〇b "• The first transmission of the transmission extends to engage the sleeve or the extension structure (not; the joint 26 ' Its elongated cylindrical groove (the unsleeve joint 26 has a circular figure 4 which is the ratchet wrench of the present invention) and the ball 32. The ratchet wrench 包括) includes a main body (not wearing an embodiment of the see-through head) The handle portion extending from the portion includes a head portion 14 and therefrom, which is located between the front side portion 1 of the main body portion 1 including the front surface 28 of the transmission mechanism 50b, and has a fastening opening 5a And the inch is designed to be mounted in a position where the fastening openings are not shown) to secure the transmission mechanism 18 144545.doc • 19. 201103707 in the drive wheel cavity μ of the head 14. The head U is located in and The body back side (not shown) is opposite the positive (four) sleeve joint 26. The sleeve joint 26 includes a cylindrical recess (four) (not shown to accommodate the spring (not shown) and the ball 32. %, the play cyanine (not shown) and the ball 32 are configured such that a portion of the ball 32 and the bounce (not shown) are insured Hold in the cylindrical recess 3 ,., and a spring (not shown) biases the ball to train another portion to the outside of the cylindrical recess 3G. This allows the ball 32 to be mounted to the sleeve at the sleeve (not shown). The barrel joint 26 is substantially pushed into the cylindrical groove % but still presses the sleeve so that the sleeve (not shown) remains attached to the joint 26. As can be seen from the figure _ The transmission wheel housing opening and the outer wheel of the first transmission wheel 4 与 and the intermediate transmission rim, the state, the state, the state - part: ^, thereby covering each intermediate transmission wheel 44a, peach, 44c, 44d a force The first transmission wheel 40 has a first transmission wheel surface (not shown) that contacts the intermediate transmission wheel first surface (not shown), and the intermediate transmission wheel second surface (not shown) contacts the second transmission wheel surface. (not shown). In operation, a turning wrench (not shown) drives the second transmission wheel (not shown) to rotate, which in turn passes through the second transmission wheel face (not shown) and the intermediate transmission wheel. The interaction between the second face (not shown) causes each intermediate drive rim, peach, cymbal, and state to rotate. Not shown) when rotating, the first intermediate drive wheel first face (not shown to move and again causes the first drive wheel face (not shown), the first drive wheel 40 and the sleeve engagement portion 26 to rotate. The drive wheel 40 is positioned in a first drive wheel housing opening 144545.doc 201103707 port 70 having a first drive wheel housing (not shown) having fastening openings 5a and 5B and located adjacent the front side 28. The first drive wheel housing (not shown), the intermediate drive wheel housing (not shown) and the first drive wheel housing (not shown) both pass through the dimensions of the drive wheel cavity 48 and the fastening openings 50a and 50b Alignment with position ^This alignment allows portions of the first transmission wheel 4〇, the intermediate transmission wheels 44a, 4, 4钧 and 44d, and the second transmission wheel (not shown) to overlap, thereby producing a specific gear ratio, such as 1 :1 , 1.2 , 1:3 , 1:4 , 1:5 , 1:6 , 1:7 , 1:8 , 1:9 , 1:10 , 1:11 , 1.12 ' 1:13 ' 1:14 ' 1:15 ' 1:16 , 1:17 , 1:18 , 1:19 , 1:20 ' 1:>2〇,>2〇:1,19:1,18:1,17:1 ,16:1,15:1, 14:1 ' 13:1 ' 12:1 , 11:1 , ι〇:ι , 9:1 , 8 :1 , 7:1 , 6:1 , 5:1 , 4:1 , 3:1 , 2:1 , 0.5:1 , 〇 . 25:1 , 〇 3:1 , 〇 1:1 , 0.05:1 , 0.25:0.6, and other variants and their incremental ratios. Figure 5A is an exploded perspective view showing the overlapping of the transmission mechanism of the present invention. The present invention provides partial overlap of the first drive wheel 46 and the intermediate drive wheels 44a, 44b, 44c and 44d, and the intermediate drive wheels partially overlap the first drive wheel 40, thereby providing a particular gear ratio, such as 1: 1,1:2,1:3,1:4,1:5, 1:6, 1.7 '1.8, 1:9 '1:1, 1:11, 1:12, 1:13, 1:14 , 1:15 , 1.16 ' 1.17 ' 1:18,1:19 ' 1:2〇,ι:>2〇,>20:1,19:1, 18·1 , 17:1 , 16:1 , 15:1 , 14:1 , 13:1 , 12:1 , ιι:1 , 10.1 ' 9.1 ' 8:1,7:1,6:1,5:1,4:1,3:1,2 :1,0.5:1, Ο·25·1, Ο·3:1 ' 〇·1:1 ' 0. 〇5:1, 0.25:0.6, and other variants and their incremental ratios. The first drive wheel 46 includes a second drive wheel face 60 on the opposite side of the second drive wheel face 58 and a second drive wheel side 62 between the second drive wheel back face (9) and the second drive wheel face 58. The second transmission wheel face brother, the second transmission wheel 144545.doc -21- 201103707 the back side 60 and / or the second transmission wheel side & can be a rib face, a textured surface, a wavy surface, a undulating surface, a diagonal stripe surface , line surface, fluted surface, meshed surface with tooth surface, shot surface, spline surface, smooth surface, rough surface, or other surface suitable for allowing friction between surfaces. Each of the intermediate transmission wheels 44a, 44b, 44c and 44d has intermediate drive wheel first faces 66a, 66b, 66c and 66d, and intermediate drive wheel second faces 68a, 68b, 68c and 68d' which may independently be rib faces , textured surface, wavy surface, undulating surface, diagonal striped surface, line surface, fluted surface, meshed surface with toothed surface, shot blast surface, spline surface, smooth surface, rough surface, | Or other surface suitable to allow friction between surfaces. The first drive wheel 40 includes a first drive wheel face 74 opposite the first drive wheel back face 76 and includes a surface that is a rib face, a textured face, a wavy face, an undulating face, a diagonal strip face, a line Textured surface, fluted surface 'engagement surface, toothed surface, shot blast surface, spline surface, smooth surface, rough surface, dry surface or other surface suitable for allowing friction between surfaces. Figure 5B is a perspective view of the overlapping condition of the transmission member of the present invention. This illustrates a possible alignment of the plurality of drive wheels of the present invention, wherein the drive wheels have a 35% to 75% overlap. The second transmission wheel 46 includes a second transmission wheel back surface 6〇 on the opposite side of the second transmission wheel surface 58, in which case approximately half of the second transmission wheel surface 58 and the second side (10) of each intermediate transmission wheel, soup About half of 68c and 68d; a. e is connected to the six crystals, and the second transmission wheel 46 is allowed to rotate and drive the intermediate transmission wheels 44a, 44b, 44c and 44d to rotate, wherein the size, the tooth surface and the number of teeth of each of the transmission wheels and the transmission wheel The upper pitch and the drive wheel size determine the gear ratio. The second side of the intermediate drive wheel 68"·, 144545.doc -22· 201103707 68c and 68d are connected to the first face 66a, 66b, 6 of the intermediate drive wheel and 66d' so that along with the second face 68& The intermediate drive wheel first faces 66a, 66b, 66c and 66d are also rotated by the rotation of the 68b, 68c and 68d. The intermediate drive wheel first faces 66a, 66b, 66c and 66d and the first drive wheel face of the first drive wheel 40 Approximately half of the overlap of 74. When the intermediate drive wheel first faces 66a, 66b, 66c and 66d are rotated, contact with the first drive wheel face 74 causes the first drive wheel face to rotate and again drives the first drive wheel 4 to rotate In addition, the parent stack in turn allows the second drive wheel 46 to rotate and drive the intermediate drive wheels 4^, 44b, 44c and 44d to rotate, wherein the tooth size, tooth flanks and teeth on each drive wheel and the pitch on the drive wheel and The drive wheel size determines the gear ratio. The intermediate drive wheels 44a, 44b, 44c and 44d rotate the first drive wheel 4〇, the size of the teeth on each drive wheel, the tooth flanks, the number of teeth, the tooth pitch on the drive wheel and the drive The wheel size is smaller than the gear ratio. The rotation of the second transmission wheel 46 causes the first transmission wheel 4 0 rotation, the tooth size, the tooth surface, the number of teeth, the pitch on the transmission wheel and the transmission wheel size of the intermediate transmission wheel 44a determine the final transmission ratio. The secret of '44b' 44c, 44d is the invention. A top view of an embodiment of a second drive wheel housing is a perspective view thereof. A second drive wheel (not shown) can be positioned in the second drive wheel housing of the second drive wheel housing 56. 54. The second drive wheel housing 56 can be sized to fit into a wheel cavity (not shown). The second drive wheel housing face 76 can be a ribbed face, a sensitive profile, a texture Surface, wavy surface, undulating surface, diagonal stripe surface, line surface, groove h,. face, meshing surface, toothed surface, shot blast surface, spline surface, smooth surface 'rough surface, dry surface Or other surface suitable to allow friction between the surfaces. 144545.doc -23- 201103707 Figure 6 C is a perspective view of one embodiment of the second drive wheel of the present invention. The second drive wheel 46 includes a second drive wheel face 5 8 opposite second drive wheel back 60 and between second drive wheel back 60 and second drive wheel face 58 The second transmission wheel side 62 » the second transmission wheel surface 58 , the second transmission wheel back surface and/or the first transmission wheel side surface 62 may be a rib surface, a textured surface, a wavy surface, a undulating surface, a stripe surface, a line Textured surface, fluted surface, meshed surface, blasted surface with belt drive surface, 彳t· key surface, smooth surface, rough surface, dry surface or other surface suitable for allowing friction between surfaces. Figure 6D A side view of one embodiment of the second drive wheel housing and the second drive wheel of the present invention. The second drive wheel 46 can be positioned in the second drive wheel housing opening 54 of the second drive wheel housing 56. The second drive wheel housing 56 can be sized to fit into a drive wheel cavity (not shown). The second drive wheel 46 extends through the second drive wheel housing opening 54'. The second drive wheel has an exposed portion on either side of the second drive wheel housing 56. The second transmission wheel "includes a second transmission wheel back surface 6'' on the opposite side of the second transmission wheel surface 58 and a second transmission wheel side surface q between the second transmission wheel back surface 60 and the second transmission wheel surface 58. The drive wheel face 58, the second drive wheel back face 60 and/or the second drive wheel side face 62 may be a rib face, a textured face, a wavy face, a undulating face, a diagonal stripe face, a line face, a fluted face, meshing Shape, belt drive surface, shot blast surface, μ key surface, smooth surface, rough surface, adhesive surface or other surface suitable for allowing friction between the surfaces. Fig. 6A is a cymbal of the intermediate transmission wheel housing 42 of the present invention. ν , a top view of the lateral embodiment, and FIG. 6F is a perspective view thereof. The intermediate transmission wheel housing 42 includes intermediate transmissions to the housing openings 64a, 64b, 64c and 64d, which are also 笫-you go to ▲, the first transmission wheel housing Body opening 144545.doc -24- 201103707 The mouth (not shown) overlaps with the second transmission wheel. Each intermediate transmission wheel housing opening 64a, 64b, 64c and 64d accommodates a corresponding intermediate transmission as shown in Figure 6G. Wheel 44. Each of the middle (four) moving wheels 44 has a t-transmission wheel first face 66 and an opposite intermediate The second side 68 of the moving wheel, the first and second faces are separated by an intermediate transmission wheel side 78. The intermediate transmission wheel 44 can have a plurality of faces which are independently rib faces, textured faces, undulating faces , undulating surface, diagonal stripe surface, line surface, fluted surface, melody surface, toothed surface, shot blast surface, spline surface, smooth surface, rough surface, adhesive surface or other suitable for allowing friction between surfaces Figure 6H is a side view of the intermediate drive wheel housing 42 with intermediate drive wheels 44a, 44b, 44c positioned in the frame openings 64a, 64b, 64c, the frame openings and the second drive wheel housing opening ( Not shown) and a second drive wheel (not shown). The female intermediate drive wheel housing openings 64a, 64b, 64c receive respective intermediate drive wheels 44a, 44b, 44c. Each intermediate drive wheel 44a, 44b 44c has intermediate drive wheel first faces 66a, 66b, 66 (and opposite intermediate drive wheel second faces 68a, 68b, 68c, said first and second faces passing intermediate drive wheel sides 78a, 78b, 78c Separated. The intermediate transmission wheels 44a, 44b, 44c can independently have rib faces and weave Facet, wavy, undulating, diagonally striped 'lined' fluted surface, toothed surface, toothed surface, shot blasted surface, splined surface, smooth surface, rough surface, adhesive surface or other A suitable surface is provided to allow friction between the intermediate drive wheel first faces 66a, 66b, 66c and the intermediate drive wheel second faces 68a, 68b, 68c and the intermediate drive wheel sides 78a, 78b, 78c. It is a cross-sectional view of one embodiment of the transmission mechanism 18 of the present invention. Figure 144545.doc -25- 201103707 61 has no positioning with the two second transmission wheel housings 56a and the second and second transmission wheels 46a and 46b. Intermediate drive wheel housing 42 of a plurality of intermediate drive wheels. The intermediate drive wheel housing 42 includes three intermediate drive wheels 44 & 4 servants 44 and 44 positioned in the drive wheel housing openings (4), 64b, 64c. They overlap the second transmission wheel housing opening 54 and the second transmission wheel (10). Each intermediate transmission wheel housing opening 64a' 64b, Me accommodates a corresponding intermediate transmission wheel 4a 4 servant 44c female intermediate transmission wheel bucket 4^, 4 sen, Μ. There are intermediate drive rims Φ 66a, 66b, 66c and opposite intermediate drive wheel second faces 68 & 68b, 68c which are separated by intermediate drive wheel sides 78a, 7 and 78c. The portion of the center of each intermediate drive wheel first face 66a, 66b, 6 contacts the second drive wheel face of the second drive wheel housing opening 5 of the second drive wheel housing 5: A portion of the intermediate drive wheel first face 68a, 68b, 68c contacts the second drive wheel face 58b of the second drive wheel 46b located in the second drive wheel housing opening 54b of the second drive wheel housing 56b. The stack allows the second transmission wheel 46a to rotate and drives the intermediate transmission wheels a 44b and 44c to rotate, wherein the size of the turns on each of the drive wheels, the number of teeth on the tooth faces, the pitch on the drive wheel, and the size of the drive wheel determine the gear ratio. The second transmission wheel 46a and the second transmission wheel 46b rotate in accordance with a gear ratio determined by the intermediate transmission wheels 44a, 44b, and 44c. Another embodiment of the transmission mechanism of the present invention includes the use of an insert (e.g., a pin, a pin, a rod Columns, blocks, numbs, tabs, pellets, bulges or other similar positioning mechanisms are used to position the drive wheel of the present invention. The intermediate drive wheel (not shown) may be passed through a plurality of pins extending through the drive wheel housing. Positioned in two second drive wheel housings Between (not shown) and the second drive wheel (not 144545.doc -26- 201103707). Three intermediate drive wheels (not shown) are positioned at the desired position. (not shown) partially intersected with the second transmission wheel (not shown) = three intermediate transmission wheels (each of which does not show W has an intermediate transmission wheel ^ two (four) moving wheels (the second side of the intermediate transmission wheel) , ^ (not shown), and oppositely separated. Each: transmission = partial contact of the _th face (not shown) by the pin (not shown) on the side of the intermediate drive wheel (not shown) With the - part shown. The second transmission wheel face of the middle 1 dedicated wheel (not shown) (the second wheel (not shown) of the intermediate wheel (the second wheel (not shown) contacts the second of the g wheel (not shown) The drive wheel is in contact with the second drive: a moving wheel (not shown) rotates and drives a de-triming wheel (not shown) that allows the teeth on each of the second drive wheels to rotate, and the drive wheel size determines the gear ratio: : number, teeth on the drive wheel) according to the intermediate drive wheel (not shown) ^ second drive wheel (not shown by the skilled person will The ratio of the number of openings, the thickness of the opening, the thickness of the opening, and the position of the opening can be based on the purpose of using seven, no openings relative to other openings, the following transmission ratio And in the various embodiments illustrated by the description of the :::: body shape 'the number of openings and position J. Some examples. The drive wheel housing can greatly select the drive wheel housing opening. In the transmission == there are five a generally circular incision. The drive wheel housing opening capacity is included in the transmission wheel housing in two sets of transmission wheels (not shown), the group of transmission wheels 'they are rotated with the first The two sets of transmission wheels are located at the position of the first set of transmission wheels, so that the transmission ratio determined by the surface of the first set of transmission wheels cannot be turned out to be substantially the same by the transmission wheel size and the transmission wheel 144545.d〇c -27- 201103707 It is circular and has two generally circular drive wheel housing openings. The drive wheel housing opening houses a first set of drive wheels that are positioned in a manner that overlaps the second set of drive wheels such that rotation of the first set of drive wheels causes the second set of drive wheels to be dimensioned by the drive wheel and the drive wheel Surface-dependent gear ratio rotation. The drive wheel housing can be generally circular and have a generally rectangular drive wheel housing opening. The drive wheel housing opening houses a first set of drive wheels, the first set of drive wheels being positioned in a manner overlapping the second set of drive wheels such that rotation of the first set of drive wheels causes the second set of drive wheels to be driven by the drive wheels The size and the gear ratio determined by the surface of the drive wheel rotate. The drive wheel housing can be generally polygonal in shape and has six generally circular drive wheel housing openings. The drive wheel housing opening receives the first 纟 and drives the first set of drive wheels to be positioned to overlap with the second set of drive wheels " and the rotation of the first set of drive wheels causes the second set of drive wheels to be driven Wheel size = gear ratio determined by the surface of the drive wheel. The drive wheel housing can be generally rectangular and have four generally circular drive wheel housing openings. The drive wheel housing opening accommodates - shown) 'the first set of drive wheels to be positioned with the second set of drive wheels (not positioned so that the first set of drive wheels (not shown) again: drive wheel (not Illustrated) is rotated by the drive wheel size and transmission::: ratio. The drive transmission wheel housing of the shackle is shown in the drive wheel housing opening), the first is generally elliptical and has three general bodies round. The drive wheel housing opening accommodates the 'set of drive wheels (the set of drive wheels is not positioned to be positioned with the second set of drive wheels (not shown 144545.doc • 28 - 201103707, such that the first drive wheel (not shown) is passed The rotation of the moving wheel (not shown) allows the second set of ratios of the transmission wheel and the drive wheel surface to be determined by the drive wheel housing to be substantially the drive wheel housing opening of the = drive and has two generally elliptical Shape (not shown), the first - such as # <The body opening accommodates the first set of transmission wheels a, and the transmission wheel is positioned in the form of a disc-&", so that the flute/, -, -, and the transmission wheel (not shown) The group drive wheel (not the feed wheel (not shown) (4) moves the second island to rotate. The size of the transmission wheel and the surface of the transmission wheel are determined to be generally multi-drive, and the door is opened. / and having two substantially circular ... drive wheel housing opening to accommodate the 'set of drive wheels (not shown) the first set of drive wheels to position with the first - 纟彳i way, thus the first drive wheel (not Shown) overlapped, and the rotation of the moving wheel (not shown) causes the second set of transmissions (= not shown) to be aligned by the transmission wheel size and the transmission wheel surface, the number of openings, the opening alignment The skilled person will recognize that the shape of the frame, the thickness of the frame, the position of the opening ΚΛ L / L· jL·.» ta» _ — the alignment of the opening with respect to the other opening is the transmission wheel housing including the transmission wheel housing The top surface of the transmission wheel housing and the bottom surface 88 of the transmission wheel housing are separated by the side of the body. The transmission wheel housing includes a transmission The moving wheel housing openings extend from the top surface of the transmission wheel housing to the bottom surface of the transmission wheel housing. The transmission wheel housing opening includes an opening side wall and an opening edge extending around the opening on the bottom surface of the housing. The transmission wheel can be positioned on the transmission wheel housing The transmission wheel housing is in the opening. The transmission wheel includes the rear side of the transmission wheel, and is located on the edge of the transmission wheel that matches the edge of the opposite side of the transmission wheel surface separated by the transmission plane 144545.doc -29· 201103707 The peripheral edge of the side of the drive wheel is clamped in an alternative embodiment. The edge of the transfer wheel and/or the edge of the open σ are themselves rib faces, textured faces, wavy faces, undulating faces, diagonal stripes, and lines. Surface, fluted surface, sprayed surface, toothed surface, shot blast surface, spline surface, smooth surface, coarse wheel surface, dry surface or surface suitable for allowing friction between surfaces. In or on the surface of the top surface of the drive wheel housing. Similarly, the width of the side of the drive wheel is sufficient to position the drive wheel face in, on or under the surface of the underside of the drive wheel housing. Drive wheel face and / or The back of the transmission wheel can be ribbed surface, textured surface, wavy surface, undulating surface, diagonal stripe surface, line surface, fluted surface, "toothed surface, toothed surface, shot peening surface" smooth surface A rough surface, a dry surface, or other surface suitable to allow friction between the surfaces. In another embodiment, the drive wheel face is stamped or formed on the back side of the workpiece. Figure 7 is a transmission wheel arrangement of the present invention. A side view of an embodiment. This embodiment of the invention includes three intermediate drive wheels 44 & 4 and 4, which are positioned to partially overlap the second drive wheel 46 and the first drive wheel 4 。. The first drive wheel 40 includes a first drive wheel face 74 that is positioned toward the intermediate drive wheels 44a, 4 and 4. The intermediate drive wheels 4^, 4, 4牦 have intermediate drive wheel first faces 66a, 66b, 66c, which is located on the opposite side of the second side faces 68a, 68b, 68e of the intermediate drive wheel, and which are separated by intermediate drive wheel sides 78a, 78b, 78c. The intermediate transmission wheels 44&, 4, 44c may independently be rib faces, textured faces, wavy faces 'undulating faces, diagonal stripes faces, line faces, fluted faces, meshing faces, and toothed faces shot peening Face, flower 144545.doc -30· 201103707 key surface, smooth surface, rough surface 1 aa _ ,. a 疋 匕 suitable for surfaces that allow friction between surfaces. A portion of each of the intermediate transmission wheel first faces 66a, 66b, 66c contacts a portion of the first drive wheel face 74 of the first drive wheel 4A, the first drive wheel is positioned such that the first value is said to be the tracing face The overlapping portions 10a, 106c contact and partially overlap the overlapping portions 108a 108c of the intermediate transmission wheel faces of the first faces 66a, 66b, 66c of the intermediate cutting wheel. A portion of each of the intermediate drive wheel second faces 68a, 68b, 68c contacts a portion of the second drive wheel face 58 of the second drive wheel 46, the second drive wheel being positioned such that the overlap portion 11 of the second drive wheel face The 〇a, 110c contacts and partially overlaps the overlapping portion 112&, the center of the intermediate transmission tread of the second face 68a, 68b' 68c of the intermediate drive wheel. This arrangement allows the first drive wheel 4, the second drive wheel 46 and/or the three intermediate drive wheels 44a, 44b and 44c to move toward or away from adjacent drive wheels for engaging or disengaging the transmission and/or Allow to rotate. The motion can be accomplished by selective engagement/disengagement with a magnet mechanism, a switching mechanism, a push mechanism, a torsion mechanism, or other mechanism known to those skilled in the art. Figure 8 is a side elevational view of the arrangement of a double-sided drive wheel in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention. This embodiment of the invention includes an overlap with a first drive wheel that contacts the first set of intermediate drive wheels 44a, 44b, 44c of the double-sided drive rim 14, the double-sided drive wheel and the second set of intermediate drive wheels The 44d, 44e, 44f contacts, and the second set of intermediate drive wheels in turn contact the second drive wheel 46. The first drive wheel 4'' includes a first drive wheel face 74' that is positioned to overlap the intermediate drive wheel magazine, 4 servant, 44c portion. Each intermediate transmission wheel 44a, 44b, 44c has an intermediate drive wheel first face 66a, 66b, 66c located on the opposite side of the intermediate drive wheel 31-144545.doc 201103707 on both sides 68a, 68b, 68c and they pass The intermediate drive wheel sides 78a, 78b, 78c are spaced apart. A portion of each of the intermediate drive wheel first faces 66a, 66b, 66c contacts a portion of the first drive wheel face 74 of the first drive wheel 40. A portion of each of the intermediate drive wheel second faces 68a, 68b, 68c thus contacts a portion of the first face of the double-sided drive wheel 116 such that the second drive faces of the intermediate drive wheels 68a, 68b, 68c and the double-sided drive wheel 114 A partial overlap is formed between the first faces 116 of the face drive wheels. The double-sided drive wheel 114 includes a double-sided drive wheel second face 118 that is opposite the first-sided drive wheel first face 116 and that is separated by a double-sided drive wheel side 120. The second side i 18 of the double-sided drive wheel is positioned to overlap a portion of the intermediate drive wheels 44d, 44e, 44f. Each intermediate drive wheel 44d, 44e '44f has an intermediate drive wheel first face 66d, 66e, 66f' opposite the intermediate drive wheel second face 68d, 68e, 68f and they pass through the intermediate drive wheel side 78d, 78e, 78f Separated. A portion of each of the intermediate drive wheel first faces 66d, 66e, 66f contacts a portion of the double side drive wheel second face 118 of the double sided drive wheel 114. A portion of each of the intermediate drive wheel second faces 68d, 68e' 68f thus contacts a portion of the second drive wheel face 58 of the second drive wheel 46 such that the intermediate drive wheel second faces 68d, 68e, 68f and the second drive wheel A partial overlap is formed between the faces 58. The overlap allows the rotation of the first drive wheel 40 to be transmitted to the first set in accordance with a particular gear ratio defined by the drive wheel contact between the first drive wheel 4〇 and the first set of intermediate drive wheels 44a, 44b, 4 The intermediate transmission wheels 44a, 4 are servant, 44c. The rotation of the first set of intermediate transmission wheels 44a, 44b, 44c is transmitted to the double-sided transmission in accordance with a specific gear ratio defined by the transmission wheel contact between the first set of intermediate transmission wheels 44a, 44b, 44c and the double-sided transmission wheel 114. Rim 14. Double 144545.doc -32- 201103707 The rotation of the face drive wheel 114 is passed to the specific gear ratio defined by the drive wheel contact between the double drive wheel 114 and the second set of intermediate drive wheels 44d, 44e, 44f. Two sets of intermediate transmission wheels 44d, 44e, 44f. The rotation of the inter-group drive wheel 44d, 44e, 44f is determined by the specific gear ratio defined by the drive wheel contact between the second set of inter-drive wheels 44d, 44e, 44f and the second drive wheel 46. It is transmitted to the second transmission wheel 46. The mechanism allows transmission by adjusting the first set of inter-drive wheel 44a, operative 44c, second set of intermediate drives: 44d 44e 44f, first drive wheel 4 〇, double-sided drive wheel ι 4 and/or second drive wheel 46 The ratio is adjusted to the ratio expected in the case of the stereo setting. Although the invention has been discussed in connection with a manual guard, the drive wheel and transmission of the present invention can be used with any device that employs a drive wheel. For example, the transmission wheel deceleration and speed increasing device of the present invention can be used in automobiles, motorcycles, eight cars, trucks, trains, airplanes, boats, ships, water transporters: cars, trolleys, golf balls, trolleys , viewing vehicles, transmissions, gearboxes, differentials, overdrives, drive shafts and other geared parts. In addition, the transmission wheel deceleration and speed increasing device of the present invention can be used in any transmission gear set, turbine: these devices include mechanical devices, thousands of machines, wind mills, water mills, robots, prostheses , & 目 孜 ^...^, lawn mowers, elevators, escalators, poles and reels, screwdrivers, drills, dry shrinkers, cranes , compression: crane, grinding machine 'winding machine, watch, photocopying and Ji" wheel wrench, socket wrench, for drilling tools and other work (0-90.), with wide angle and other tool angle connection mechanism and There is also a device with gears. In addition, the transmission 144545.doc -33 - 201103707 wheel deceleration and speed increasing device of the present invention may include a spline type money transmission mechanism (as described herein) for providing drive wheel deceleration, acceleration, and/or in a single device. Increased strength. Moreover, the present invention can be used with different head designs that allow for turning, swiveling, pivoting 'rotation, locking or other movements' to position the head in a desired position. Figure 9A is a view of another embodiment of the present invention showing the different drive wheel and drive wheel overlap. The second transmission wheel 46 includes a second transmission wheel back surface 6〇 on the opposite side of the second transmission wheel and a second transmission wheel side 62 between the second transmission wheel back surface (not shown) and the second transmission wheel surface 58. . The second drive rim 58 includes a second drive flank 122 on the proximal portion of the second drive rim surface 58. A plurality of intermediate transmission wheels 44 are in a position to contact the second transmission wheel surface 58. Although two intermediate drive wheels 44a and 44b are shown herein, it will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that more or fewer intermediate transfer wheels may be employed, for example 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 , 7, 8, 9, 1 or more. Each intermediate drive wheel 44 has a first face of the intermediate drive wheel and a second face 68 of the intermediate drive wheel, wherein the - portion may have a texture to contact other surfaces (eg, independently rib faces, textured faces, wavy faces) , undulating surface, diagonal stripe surface, line surface, fluted surface, meshing surface, toothed surface, shot blast surface, 祀 key surface, smooth surface, rough surface, adhesive surface or other suitable for allowing friction between surfaces The surface) and not contacting a portion of the main transmission mechanism are smooth or textured at a height different from the main transmission (eg, independently rib faces, textured surfaces, undulating surfaces, undulating surfaces, oblique Striped surface, 144545.doc •34· 201103707 Line surface, fluted surface, #人滑面, 奸面: Shaped surface, toothed surface 'shot blasting surface, spline surface, lush rough surface, sticky surface or The surface of the i4 person). The first transmission wheel allows the friction between the surfaces to be included on the opposite side of the middle (four) moving wheel 44 and on the opposite side of the moving wheel surface 74, and on the back side of the first transmission wheel (the dry running wheel) ...there is no door 66筮-^ (he is coming out) and the first transmission wheel surface 74 The stationary wheel side 102. The first transmission wheel surface 74 includes a first transmission wheel transmission surface (1) at the first transmission portion 4. The calendered: top view of the first transmission wheel 4 has a toothless Area 122 = 12° center of the transmission wheel. Center-drive wheel center and. Can be: rib: face, textured surface, wavy surface, undulating surface, diagonal stripe surface, line 曰, 'text face, meshing surface, belt Tooth surface, shot surface, spline surface, smooth, matte surface, adhesive surface or other suitable surface. The transmission gear pitch 124 is the distance from the _ tooth 126 to the second tooth 128. A particular distance for a given change or change in use. In the illustrated view 'the first drive wheel center portion 12 has a plurality of teeth, but in other embodiments the 'first drive wheel center portion 12' may be a rib face , textured surface, leather/good surface, undulating surface, diagonal striped surface, "line surface, fluted surface, ring-shaped tooth surface, shot blast surface, spline surface, smooth surface, rough surface, viscosity a surface or other surface adapted to allow friction between the surfaces and may have a different angle. The first transmission wheel surface 74 is centered by the first transmission wheel The 4 knives occupied by 120 will depend on the particular application and gear used. The first drive wheel center 120 is aligned with a portion of the intermediate drive wheel (not shown), which in turn will depend on the particular application. The portion 120 and the toothless region 122 function as a rotation of the gear of the present invention. The gear pitch may include a spline type 144545.doc -35- 201103707 as seen elsewhere, for improving _ is one of the middle Transmission 22 or torque-sized moving wheel first-side 66, intermediate transmission wheel 2, which has intermediate ribs, woven surface, and leather, good: out) 'They can be unique and secret surface / Leather wave surface, undulating surface, diagonal stripe surface, ' ', fluted surface, meshing surface, toothed surface to the sea, square pellet surface, chemical bond surface,
光仴面、粗糙面、粘性面或是I 的表面。中間傳動輪第-面㈣^ 許表面之間摩擦 輪第 帛Φ66具有在外部周圍的中間傳動 一傳動 ^以便對準圆叩中的第一傳動輪40的第 動輪第傳動輪第-面66具有在中間傳 帶齒面130中的中心無齒第 動輪齒距U4是第—中門.〗,… 帛中間傳 至第一中間齒138的距離並 且疋可以根據給定用 中間傳動輪第二面(未干出可：特定距離。相似地， 動輪第二帶齒面(未/出、 有在外部周圍的中間傳 傳動輪中心部(未二便對準第一傳動輪4°的第二 有在中間傳動= 也具 (未示出）。儘管中門偟 出）中的中心無齒第二面 間傳動輪第一面66和中間傳動輪第二面 (未不出)不一定复士上鬥， 輪第…， 形狀和傳動輪佈置，但中間傳動 稱弟一面（未示出） _ 對準第一傳動輪（未示出）的第二傳 Γ)。本發明也包括多個傳動輪面，它們相互 置在彼此之内以便由單個第一傳動輪提供 輪接觸點。 寻 圖9D是第二傳動輪46的俯視圖’示出了與第二傳動輪背 144545.doc •36· 201103707 面（未示出）相反的第二傳動輪面58。第二傳動輪面58包括 在第二傳動輪面58的一部分上的第二傳動輪齒面14〇 ,其 被内無齒區域142和外無齒區域144包圍。内無齒區域 142、外無齒區域144和第二傳動輪齒面14〇的尺寸可以依 據具體用途而變化。第二傳動輪齒間距146是第一齒148至 第二齒150的距離，並且是可根據給定用途而改變或變化 的特定距離。儘管無齒區域122、無齒第一面132、中心無 齒第二面（未示出）、内無齒區域142、外無齒區域144在圖 中示出是沒有##，但這些區域可以具㈣合結構（例如 是肋棱面' 織構面、波浪狀自、起伏面、斜條紋面、線紋 面、槽紋面、喷合形面、帶齒面、喷丸面、花鍵面、光滑 面、粗縫面、純面或是其它適合允許表面之間摩擦的表 面）、不同的取向或不同的織構表面，以便與其它傳動輪 傳動機構或表面嚙合。 在另一個實施例中，傳動機構可以是與圖9的傳動機構 相反的配置形式，其中第—和第二傳動輪的外部是益齒 的’内部是有齒的以便與中部無齒而外部有齒中間傳動輪 响合。在另一個實施例中，傳動機構可以是上述實施例： 混合形式，其中第一傳動輪如圖"所示，第二傳動輪具有 相反的配置形式。 儘管圖中示出了本發明傳動輪的多個可行的對準方式 (例如這些傳動輪大約有1G视交疊），但這只是示隸 的’實際的交疊百分比、間距、尺寸、齒數'齒的尺寸、 齒位置、齒高、齒角度和其它參數可以根據具體用途而變 144545.doc -37· 201103707 化0 圖10是本發明另一個實施例的側視圖，其中-個傳動輪 疋固疋不動的。第一傳動輪46包括位於第二傳動輪面58相 反側的第二傳動輪背面6〇。第二傳動輪㈣包括在 動輪面58的内部上的第二傳動輪齒面122。中間傳動輪44 按照接觸第二傳動輪面58的方式定位。儘管在此示出了兩 個中間傳動輪44a和44b，但技術人員應認識到可以採用更 多或更少的中間傳動輪。每個中間傳動輪44具有中間傳動 輪第-面66和中間傳動輪第二面68，纟中的一部分可以有 織構以便與其它表面嚙合（例如獨立地為肋棱面、織構 面、波浪狀面、起伏面、斜條紋面、線紋面、槽紋面、。齒 合形面、帶齒©、喷丸面、花鍵面、光滑面、粗糙面、粘 性面或是其它適合允許表面之間摩擦的表面）^第一傳動 輪40與中間傳動輪44相對佈置並且包括與定位成第一傳動 輪面74相反的第一傳動輪背面（未示出）。第一傳動輪面74 包括第一傳動輪齒面132，其對準中間傳動輪料的中間傳 動輪第一面66。 本發明的傳動輪交疊提供了傳動輪減速或增速的傳動 比其可以疋 1:1，1:2，1:3，1:4，1:5，1:6，1:7，1:8, 1:9 ’ 1:10 ’ 1:11 ’ 1:12，1:13，1:14，1:15，1:16，1:17， 1.18 > 1.19 > 1:20 » 1 ：>20 1 >20:1 > 19:1 > 18:1 ? 17:1 5 16.1 , 15:1 ， 14:1 ’ 13:1 ’ 12:1 ， 11:1 ， ι〇:ι ， 9:1 ， 8:1 ， 7:1 ， 6:1 ， 5:1 ， 4:1 ， 3:1 ， 2:1 ， 0.5:1 ， 0.25:1 ， 0.3:1 ， 〇·1:1 , 0.05:1，0.25:0.0，以及其它變型及其增量比。本領 144545.doc -38· 201103707 二員會認識到，可以使用多組傳動輪的多種組合來 ㈣1;的傳動比並且結合本發明的多組傳動輪以很好地 轉變為期望的傳動比。 門齒和傳動輪佈局的組合允許在輸人值和輸出值之 日k轉矩和速度。例如，8齒傳動輪160a、祕、嫌 /〇齒傳動輪162a、162b、恤的組合使傳動比顯著降 •。例如’ 8齒傳動輪160&和40齒傳動輪心之間的最终 :動比為125:1。這是如此實現的，即8齒傳動輪⑽&以傳 Μ⑽冑40齒傳動輪162b’ 8齒傳動輪祕以傳動比 5:1驅動40*傳動輪162e，8齒傳動輪咖以傳動比$⑽ 動4〇齒傳動輪162a的組合，從而使1〇〇 rpm的輸入轉換為 0.8 rpm的輸出（該轉換也可以實現為將〇8啊的輸入轉換 為100 rpm的輸出）。例如，4〇齒主動傳動輪162連接到8齒 傳動輪16G形成1:5的傳動比，從而根據主傳動輪162的轉 速為1 rpm ’則傳動輪⑽的轉速為5 。2()齒傳動輪164 和24齒傳動輪166連接到4〇齒主傳動輪162上，分別形成 矛1.1.66的傳動比，從而根據主動齒輪1 62轉速為1 ΓΡΐη ’傳動輪164和傳動輪166的轉速分別為2㈣和丨.66 Pm例如，8齒主傳動輪16〇被連接到齒傳動輪M2，形 成5.1的傳動比，根據主傳動輪16〇轉速為5卬爪，傳動輪 162轉速為1 rpm。8齒傳動輪160也以傳動比2_5:1連接到20 ω傳動輪164，而20齒傳動輪164又與24齒傳動輪166連 接’形成1.2:1的傳動比。 此外本發明包括能夠承受很大量的應力、應變、轉矩 144545.doc -39- 201103707 和摩擦的傳動機構， 輪齒形將力或载荷分散仏更;=動機構利用花鍵型傳動 形傳動輪構型，其中第1夕的表面區。本發明包括花鍵 至少一部分上的第—_ =輪包括延伸於㈣輪表面的 此相對轉數可增L:二二::輪按照允許傳動輪彼 下，這些傳動輪是曲形的;者輪接合。在某些情況 到傳動輪相對彼此的定位和::。的 輪，其與第二傳動輪嚙合。但如果需要=括圓錐齒 形的、„形的❹它果需要’傳動輪可以是圓 錐形的、漸縮的、扁平的'戈甚至目=的第：傳動輪可以是 可以是任何需要的形狀。“的’並且傳動輪形狀 此外本發明傳動輪的齒或槽可以具有任何尺寸、形 斜角 '㈣等等°例如’齒之間的槽可以是曲 形的、直角的或任何角度。相似地，齒間距和齒高可以是 任何需要的尺寸。例如’齒的頂部周圍可以是異型的 '倒 圓的、帶角的、光滑的等等。另外，本發明保證了在不同 角度的嚙合，環形齒輪和小齒輪僅僅是作為一個例子。這 種組合允許傳動系或傳動機構的配置處於。〜90度角之間。 本發:在-個實施例中提供了傳動輪減速或增速並且利用 另一實施例的花鍵傳動輪傳動機構提供了增加的強度。 圖11A表示本發明傳動機構的另一個實施例的俯ς圖。 傳動輪20G包括第-傳動輪面逝，其具有適於使表面間產 生摩擦的兩個或兩個以上的齒2〇4。第一傳動輪面2〇2具有 設置在第一傳動輪面202的外部周圍的兩個或兩個以上的 144545.doc .40- 201103707 齒204，還具有在該第一傳動輪面2〇2中的中心無齒面 206。中心無齒面206還包括開口 208，其尺寸和形狀可以 依據具體用途而變》第一傳動輪面2〇2包括齒面2 1〇和齒高 212。齒寬214是齒面210的寬度並且是第一齒高212至第二 齒高212的距離並且可以依據具體用途而變化。當接觸另 一面（未示出）時，齒面210和齒高212提供了摩擦接觸區。 齒寬214和齒高212可以依據具體用途和施加於傳動輪2〇〇 的特疋大小的力而變化。 圖11B和圖UC示出了圖11A所示傳動機構的側視圖。第 一傳動輪面202具有適於使表面之間產生摩擦的兩個或兩 個以上的齒204。第一傳動輪面2〇2具有設置在第一傳動輪 面202的外部周圍的兩個或兩個以上的齒204，還具有在第 一傳動輪面202中的中心無齒面（未示出）。第一傳動輪面 202包括齒面21〇和齒高212。齒寬214是齒面2ι〇的寬度並 且疋第齒同212至第二齒高212的距離並且可以依據具體 用途而變。當接觸另 面（未示出）時，齒面21〇和齒高212 提供了摩擦接觸區。齒寬214和齒高212可以依據特定用途 和施加於傳動輪200的特定大小的力而變。在某些實施例 中㈣寬214可以較大，而在其它實施例中，齒寬24可以 車义小。另外，第一齒高212和傳動輪基部218厚度結合並被 包：在傳動輪厚度216中。齒輪節線22()和齒面21〇形成齒 輪即錐角222。齒輪節錐角222通常是齒面21〇的角度。如 果第—齒高212沒有垂直於齒輪節線22〇，則該角度可以是 不同的。在某些情況下，第一齒高212沒有垂直於齒輪節 144545.doc -41 · 201103707 線 220， 從而產生從第 的外伸。儘管齒面21〇和齒 採用其它形狀，包括凹面、 其它表面處理結構。 一傳動輪面202至第二傳動輪面202 两2 ] 2如圖所示是直的，但可以 凸起、織構和技術人員知道的 圖UD示出了傳動系統的透視圖。該系統包括第-傳動 輪200和第—傳動輪226，每個傳動輪在第—側具有兩個或 兩個以上的傳動並且在傳動輪基部218具有在傳動輪周邊 延伸出的第一組兩個或者兩個以上的齒254。該實施例也 可以應用纟傳動輪内側或者在傳動輪内側和傳動輪基部 218的外側，從而在周邊延伸。此外，齒距（齒間的距離）和 齒角或傾角（相對基部的位置）可以根據用途來修改和改 變。在—個實施例中’第—傳動輪觸可以安裝在鑽頭周 圍從而當鑽頭鑽穿材料時，在傳動輪底基部218上的所 述兩個或兩個以上的齒204除去一圈材料。在另一實施例 中第傳動輪2〇〇可以被用作鎖止墊圈。螺栓可以被插 入第傳動輪200中，所述兩個或兩個以上的齒起到將 塾圈鎖固到螺栓或螺母的作用。纟包括兩個或兩個以上的 齒254的實施例中，如果需要，所述齒可被用於允許拆掉 螺母和鎖止墊圈。工具可以接觸所述兩個或者兩個以上的 齒254，從而擰動並取下螺母。 圖Π E表示與棘輪嵌件相（與花鍵嵌件相似）結合的本發 明傳動機構的另一實施例的俯視圖。套筒接合部26設計成 按照與傳統花鍵傳動機構相似的方式被裝入傳動輪空腔 (未示出）。套筒接合部26包括第一傳動輪200和第二傳動輪 144545.doc -42- 201103707 226，每個傳動輪在第—側上具有兩個或兩個以上的齒綱 並且在傳動輪基部218具有在傳動輪周邊延伸出的第二组 兩個或兩個以上的齒254。棘爪（未示出）可以接合第一側上 的所述兩個或兩個以上的齒2〇4和/或第二組兩個或兩個以 上的齒254,以選擇套筒接合部％的轉向。套筒接合部％ 包括圓柱形凹槽30,用於接納彈簧38和球32。圓柱形凹槽 3〇、彈篑38和球32如此構造，使得球训—部分和彈筹Μ 保持在圓柱形凹槽对，而彈簧38將球32的另—部分偏壓 至圓柱形凹槽30之外。這允許球32在套筒（未示出）正被襄 設到套筒接合部26上時被基本上推入圓柱形凹槽3〇中，但 仍對套筒（未示出）施壓，從而套筒（未示出）保持連接在套 筒接合部26上。為取下套筒（未示出），使用者只需從正面 ^拉拽套筒（未示出）。球32被允許轉動，由此使用者能更 容易地完成套筒的運冑。當然、，其$佈置結構也可以用來 將套筒（未示出）保持到套筒接合部26上，所示的實施例不 應該被認為有任何限制意味。 圖11F表示與棘輪嵌件（與花鍵嵌件相似）結合的本發明 傳動機構的另一實施例的俯視圖。套筒接合部26設計成按 照與傳統花鍵傳動機構相似的方式被裝入傳動輪空腔（未 示出）。套筒接合部26包括第一傳動輪2〇〇和第二傳動輪 226，每個傳動輪在第一側具有兩個或兩個以上的齒並 且在傳動輪基部218具有在傳動輪周邊延伸出的兩組或兩 組以上的第二組兩個或兩個以上的齒254a和254b。兩組或 兩組以上的第二組兩個或兩個以上的齒254&和254b可以沿 144545.doc •43· 201103707 著不同的方向’從而允許順時針和逆時針轉動套筒接合部 26。棘爪（未示出）可以接合第一側上的所述兩個或兩個以 上的齒204和/或兩組或者兩組以上的第二組兩個或兩個以 上的齒254a和254b，以選擇套筒接合部％的轉向。套筒接 合部26包括圓柱形凹槽3G，用於接納彈料和球η。圓柱 形凹槽30、彈菁38和球32被如此構造，球32的一部分和彈 簧38被保持在圓柱形凹槽对，而彈簧以將球η的另一部 分偏壓至圓柱形凹槽30之外。這允許，球32在套筒（未示出） 正破裝設到套筒接合部26上時被基本上推入圓柱形凹槽扣 中’但仍對套筒（未示出）施壓，從而套筒（未示出^呆持連 接到套筒接合部26上。為取下套筒(未示出），使用者只需 從正面28拉拽套筒（未示出）。球32被允許轉動，由此使用 者能更容易地完成套筒的運動。當然，其它佈置結構也可 以用來將套筒（未示出）保持到套筒接合部％上，所示的實 施例不應該被認為有任何限制意味。 圖12Α和圖i2B是雙面傳動輪傳動系統的示意圖。該系 統包括第一傳動輪200、中間傳動輪224和第二傳動輪 6第傳動輪面202包括從第一傳動輪面202延伸出的 傳動輪基部218並包括適於使表面之間產生摩擦的兩個或 兩個乂上的齒204。所述兩個或兩個以上的齒綱從傳動輪 基部218的外邊緣延伸至令心無齒面（未示出）。定位圓柱體 22 8位於中心無齒面（去+山、 …画®U禾不出）中並且將第一傳動輪2〇〇和中 間傳動輪224對準。 中間傳動輪224包括與第二中間傳動輪面232相反的第— 144545.doc 201103707 中間傳動輪面230 ^定位圓柱體228位於中心無齒面（未示 出）中並且將第一傳動輪2〇〇和卡間傳動輪224對準。定位 圓柱體228可以是第一傳動輪2〇〇、中間傳動輪224的一個 構件’可以是單獨的或組合的形式。第—中間傳動輪面 230包括從第一中間傳動輪面23〇延伸出來的第一中間傳動 輪基部234、和適於使表面之間產生摩擦的兩個或兩個以 上的第中間齒2 3 6。所述兩個或兩個以上的第一中間齒 236從第一中間傳動輪基部234的外邊緣延伸至中心無齒面 (未示出）。定位圓柱體228位於該中心無齒面（未示出）中並 且將第傳動輪200的所述兩個或兩個以上的齒204和中間 傳動輪224的所述兩個或兩個以上的第一中間齒6。 第二中間傳動輪面232包括從第二中間傳動輪面232延伸 出的第二中間傳動輪基部238和適於使表面之間產生摩擦 的兩個或兩個以上的第二中間齒24〇。所述兩個或兩個以 上的第二中間齒24〇從第二中間傳動輪基部23 8的外邊緣延 伸至中心無齒面(未示出）。第二定位圓柱體242位於該中心 無齒面（未示出）中並且將所述兩個或兩個以上的第二中間 齒240和第二傳動輪226對準。 第二傳動輪226包括第二傳動輪面244，其具有從第二傳 動輪面244延伸出的第二傳動輪基部246，還包括適於使表 面之間產生摩擦的兩個或兩個以上的第二齒248。所述兩 個或兩個以上的第二齒248從第二傳動輪基部以^的外邊緣 延伸至中心無齒面（未示出第二定位圓柱體242位於該中 ^齒面（未不出）甲並且將第二傳動輪226的所述兩個或兩 144545.doc •45- 201103707 個以上的第二齒248和中間傳動輪224的所述兩個或兩個以 上的第二中間齒240。第二傳動輪226包括第二背面25〇， 第一傳動輪200包括第-背面252。另外，雙面傳動輪傳動 系統可以利用磁力系統被保持在一起，該磁力系統的多個 磁體設置在第一傳動輪200和中間傳動輪224之間以及中間 傳動輪224和第二傳動輪226之間。 在一些實施例中，第-傳動輪細和/或第二傳動輪226 可以被模制到較大裝置如棘輪、扳手、摄棍等的殼體中。 1傳動輪224可以佈置成通過磁力選擇機構或機械選擇 機構（如棘爪、磁力選擇機構或楔型選擇機構）接觸第一傳 動輪200或第二傳動輪226。例如，磁力選擇機構可以用於 移動中間傳動輪224以接觸第—傳動輪鹰和/或第二傳動 輪咖。楔型選擇機構可以被用來移動中間傳動輪22:以接 觸第一傳動輪200和/或第二傳動輪226 〇 圖2Ctt出了 &置在本發明的棘輪扳手⑺中的雙面傳動 輪傳動系統的剖視圖。棘輪扳手10包括主體（未示出），立 包括頭部14和手柄部（未示出）’手柄部從頭部14延伸出 來。手柄部（未示出）構造成能讓棘輪扳手1G使㈣握住。 =部14包含傳動機構（如以下將詳細描述的），該傳動機構 今納於在主體背側部2G和正面28之間形成的傳動輪空腔料 套筒接合部26從在主體背側部2〇中的殼體開口 7〇延伸出 來’用於接合套筒(未示出)或延長體(未示出）。套筒接A 部26包括圓柱形凹槽（未示出），用於接納彈未示出^ 144545.doc •46· 201103707 =2。®柱形凹槽（未示出）' 彈簣（未示出）和球Μ如此構 每，球32的一部分和彈簧（未示出）被保持在圓柱形凹槽（未 不出）中，⑥彈簧（未示出）將球32的另一部分偏麗到圓柱形 凹槽(★未不出）之外。這允許球32在套筒（未示出）正被裝接 J套筒接σ部26上時被基本上推入圓柱形凹槽（未示出） 中’但仍對套筒接合部26施壓。為了取下套筒（未示出）， 使用者僅需拉拽套筒（未示出）。球32被允許轉動，由此讓 使用者能更容易地完成套筒運動。當然，可以採用其它配 置結構以將套筒（未示出）保持到套筒接合部26上。 /糸統包括第-傳動輪·、中間傳動輪m和第二傳動 輪226 傳動輪面202包括適於使表面之間產生摩擦的 兩個或兩個以上的齒204。所述兩個或兩個以上的齒2〇4從 外邊緣延伸到中心、無齒面（未示出）。定位圓柱體⑵位於該 中心無齒面(未示出)中並且將第-傳動輪200和中間傳動輪 224對準。 ★中間傳動輪224包括位於第二中間傳動輪面232相反側的 第一中間傳動輪面230。^位圓柱體228位於中心無齒面 (未不出）中並且將第—傳動輪和中間傳動輪224對準。 定位圓柱體28可以是第一傳動輪2〇〇、十間傳動輪224的一 個單獨的或者組合的構件。第一中間傳動輪面230包括適 〇使表面之間產生摩擦的兩個或兩個以上的第一中間齒 2 3 6。所述兩個或兩個以上的第—中間齒2 3 6從第一中間傳 動輪基部的外邊緣起延伸向中心無齒面(未示出）。定位圓 柱體228位於中心無齒®(未示出)内並且將第-傳動輪200 144545.doc •47- 201103707 的兩個或兩個以上沾^ 、 的齒204和中間傳動輪224的兩個或兩個 以上的第一 t間齒236對準。 第二中間傳動輪面232包括適合使表面之間產生摩捧的 兩個或兩個以上的第二中間*24〇。所述兩個或兩個以上 、第中間齒240從第二中間傳動輪基部的外邊緣起延伸 向中心無齒面（未示出）。第二定位圓柱體如位於中心益 齒面（未不出）中並且所述兩個或兩個以上的第二中間齒240 和第二傳動輪226對準。 第二傳動輪226包括第二傳動輪面⑷，其具有適合允許 表面之間產生摩擦的兩個或兩個以上的第二齒248。所述 個或兩個以上的第：齒248從第二傳動輪基部的外邊緣 起延伸向中心無齒面（未示出）。第二定位圓柱體⑷位於中 心無齒面（未示出）中並且將第二傳動輪226的兩個或兩個以 上的第二齒248和中間傳動輪224的兩個或兩個以上的第二 中間齒240對準。 第一傳動輪200 '中間傳動輪以和第二傳動輪—相互 配》’來控制套筒接合部26相對棘輪扳手1〇的轉動。從圖 可以看到，中間傳動輪224移向第一傳動輪的運 動將導致中間傳動輪224與第—傳動輪2G㈣合。所述兩個 或兩個以上的齒2〇4接合到傳動輪面周邊延伸向中心的所 述兩個或兩個以上的第一中間齒236。#在-個方向（A)上 轉動時，所述兩個或兩個以上的齒2〇4越過兩個或兩個以 上的第一中間齒236，以允許不受限制的運動。相反，當 轉動方向是沿相反方向（B)時，所述兩個或兩個以上的齒 144545.doc -48- 201103707 2〇4接觸兩個或兩個以上的第-中間齒236以限制轉動。棘 輪扳手1〇的手柄部（未示出）隨後可以在相反方向（B)上自由 轉動’而在另-方向⑷上的轉動則造成零部件鎖定並且 阻止其轉動，以迫使第二傳動輪226帶動套筒接合部％轉 動。 相反，中間傳動輪224向第二傳動輪226的運動將導致申 間傳動輪22㈣合第：傳動輪226。所述兩個或兩個以上的 第二中間齒240嚙合從齒輪面延伸向中心的兩個或兩個以 上的第二齒248。當在一個方向（B)上轉動時，所述兩個或 兩個以上的齒204越過兩個或兩個以上的第一中間齒236， 以允許不受限制的運動。相反’當轉動方向是沿相反方向 (A)時，所述兩個或兩個以上的齒2〇4接觸所述兩個以上的 第一中間齒236以限制轉動。棘輪扳手1〇的手柄部（未示出） 隨後可以在相反方向（A)上自由轉動，而在另一方向上 的轉動造成零部件鎖定並阻止轉動，以迫使第二傳動輪 226帶動套筒接合部26轉動。 圖13A是表示傳動系統的示意透視圖。圖13B至圖13E是 傳動系統的視圖。該系統包括第一傳動輪2〇〇和第二傳動 輪226。第一傳動輪面202包括傳動輪基部218，其從第一 傳動輪面202伸出並且具有適合表面之間產生摩擦的兩個 或兩個以上的齒204。所述兩個或兩個以上的齒204從該傳 動輪基部21 8的外邊緣延伸至第二組兩個或兩個以上的齒 254。在一些實施例中’所述兩個或兩個以上的齒204和第 二組兩個或兩個以上的齒254被配置成朝向相反的兩個方 144545.doc -49· 201103707 向°第二組兩個或兩個以上的齒2 5 4延伸至設於中心開孔 258和260中的中心無齒面256。第二傳動輪226包括具有第 一傳動輪基部246的第二傳動輪面244，該基部從第二傳動 輪面226延伸出並且具有適合允許表面之間產生摩擦的兩 個或兩個以上的第二齒248。所述兩個或兩個以上的第二 齒248從第二傳動輪基部246的外邊緣延伸至第二組兩個或 兩個以上的第二齒262。兩個或兩個以上的第二齒248延伸 至定位圓柱體228，言亥定位圓柱體從第二傳動輪基部叫的 平面向外延伸’以便與第—傳動輪_的中心開孔258對準 並且將第-傳動輪2〇〇的兩個或兩個以上的齒和中 動輪224的兩個或兩個以上的第一中間齒咖對準 第28用：對準兩個或兩個以上的齒204和兩個或兩個以 和第I::广和/或對準第二組兩個或兩個以上的齒⑸ 、.兩個或兩個以上的第二齒262。 第一傳動輪200和第二傳動輪226 出），苴具右告&，土 合匕栝傳動輪面（未示 齒面(未示出Μ寬度並且是從第一齒高(未齒寬(未不出)是 尚（未示出）的距離，並且其可以 丁 ）至第二齒 觸對置的、 、據一體用途而變《在接 觸對置的齒面（未示出）和齒高（未示出）時 在接 齒焉（未示出）提供摩擦接觸區。 面（未不出）和 出）可以依據特定用途 不出）和齒高（未示 疊 大小而變。此外，第一齒 (未不出)的力的特定 齒高（未示出）沒 加被包含在傳動輪厚度輪基部厚度的 出）通常是齒面的角度（未示出）。如果第齒餘節錐角（未示 I44545.doc -50. 201103707 有垂直於齒節線（未示出）以產生從第一傳動輪面（未示出） 至第二傳動輪面(未示出）的外伸，則該角度可以是不同 的。 圖14A、圖14B和圖14C是圖13中的傳動系統的視圖，其 中傳動輪在圖14A中是分開的，在圖14B中是對準的，在 圖14C中是接合的。 圖15A和圖15B是適於加入較大裝置的聯接元件中的圖 14中的傳動系統的圖。圖15A是位於該裝置第一側266的頭 部264中的第一傳動輪2〇〇的圖與位於該裝置另一半27〇的 頭部268内的第二傳動輪226對準的視圖。第一傳動輪2〇〇 包括兩個或兩個以上的齒2〇4和中心開口 258，該中心開口 與用於使所述兩個或兩個以上的齒2〇4與所述兩個或兩個 以上的第一齒248對準的定位圓柱體22 8對準。 圖15B疋位於該裝置第一側266的頭部264内的第一傳動 輪200與位於該裝置另一半27〇的頭部268内的第二傳動輪 226對準的剖視圖。第_傳動輪2〇〇包括兩個或兩個以上的 齒204和中心開口（未示出），該中心開口接納用於使所述兩 個或兩個以上的齒2〇4與所述兩個或兩個以上的第二齒248 對準的定位圓柱體（未示出 圖16疋设置在摄棍中的本發明傳動系統的視圖。撬棍 272包括通過傳動輪聯接元件278連接的第一桿274和第二 桿276。傳動輪聯接組件278包括位於第一桿274的頭部264 内的第一傳動輪（未示出）和位於第二桿276的頭部268内的 第二傳動輪（未示出）。第一傳動輪（未示出）包括兩個或兩 144545.doc 51 201103707 個以上的齒(未示出）’它們對準兩個或兩個以上的第二齒 (未^出）’用於將摄棍固定就位並允許傳動輪聯接組件2^ 在極咼應力下而不會失效。 此外，本發明提供-組傳動機構（例如齒輪、織構、凹 槽等），它們與另一組傳動機構。齒合，其中這些傳動機構 分佈在表面的大部分上以提供延長的接觸區，從而提供更 高的強度。該組傳動機構可以配置成形成-個兩件式傳動 輪連接接頭，其本身可以是-個較大裝置的-部分，1中 該兩件式傳動輪連接接頭可以分離或者轉動的，從而起到 折疊連接接頭的作用，此時當轉動和重新設定時，這 動輪組再對準並又形成強力接頭。該實施例可以被用在需 要既有強度也有靈活性的構造的任何裝置中，例如撬棍、 錘、支腿、梯子、支架等等。 在一些實施例中，磁體 體了以破用於吸合和分離該兩件 傳動輪連接接頭，從而磁性吸合結構可以被吸合以分離兩 件式傳動輪連接接頭，兩件式傳動輪連接接頭可以被移動 就位’並且磁性吸合結構可以被分離以提供歡的非活動 結構。相似地’兩件式傳動輪連接接頭可以包括多 頭’以允許包含多種不同的配置，其中包括源於沿單個構 件的-組重疊接頭或❹個接頭的多種衍生構造或其組 合0 在另-個實施例中，棘輪機構的包括棘輪，其由第—傳 動輪、第二傳動輪、棘輪殼體和中間傳動輪構成，中 動輪具有位於連接到手柄的第二中間傳動輪相對側的^一 144545.doc •52· 201103707 中間傳動輪面。 :輪包括通過桿分開的第—傳動輪端表面和第二傳動輪 一面。第-傳動輪端表面包括傳動輪基部其在位於第 :傳動輪背面相反側的第—面上具有兩個或兩個以上的 。第二傳動輪端表面也包括第二傳動輪基部，其在位於 第-傳動輪背面相反側的第二面上有兩個或兩個以上的第 -齒。通過桿分開的第一和第二傳動輪端表面如此定位， :第-面上的兩個或兩個以上的齒朝向第二面上兩個或兩 個以上的齒。 :間傳動輪包括第-中間齒輪面，其位於連接到手柄的 -中間傳動輪面的相反側1輪殼體適合將棘輪和令間 傳動輪如此裝配在一起，使得第一中間傳動輪面位於第— 傳動輪端表面的對面’第二傳動輪端表面 動輪面的對面。 間傳 棘輪殼體適於將棘輪和中間傳動輪如此裝配在_起，使 得第-中間傳動輪面位於第一傳動輪端表面的對面，第二 傳動輪端表面位於第二中間傳動輪面的對面。中間傳動輪 包括接合第一傳動輪面上的兩個或兩個以上的齒的第一中 間傳動輪面。相反的S二中FbH專動輪面不接觸被移入棘輪 殼體中的第二傳動輪面上的兩個或兩個以上的齒。相似 地，可以進行相反的操作，其做法是將如此移動中間傳動 輪，使得第一傳動輪面被移入棘輪殼體中。這種配置保證 了第二中間傳動輪面接觸第二傳動輪面上的所述兩個或： 個以上的齒H間傳動輪面沒有接觸第—中間傳動輪 144545.doc •53· 201103707 面以接合被移入棘輪殼體中的兩個或兩個以上的齒。 棘輪殼體包括接合合尖部並且適於如此安裝棘輪和中間 傳動輪’使得第一中間傳動輪面位於第一傳動輪端表面的 對面’相反的第二中間傳動輪面接合該接合尖部。第一中 間傳動輪面不接合位於棘輪殼體内的第一傳動輪端表面。 圖是本發明的具體說是扳手41〇的另一個^施例的分 解圖。扳手410包括主體412，其具有頭部4Ma和連接到第 二頭部41仆的手柄部416。手柄部416構造成能被扳手41〇 的使用者握住並且可以包括織構區和/或無織構區418。頭 部414a和414b包括螺栓孔420a、42〇b，用於容納螺栓、螺 母或其它緊固件。頭部414之一或兩者可以通過鉸鏈422連 接在主體412上，鉸鏈具有鉸鏈體殼體424和鉸鏈體開口 426，它們匹配於鉸鏈頭殼體428和鉸鏈頭開口 43〇。鉸鏈 422的對準允許利用鉸銷432實現安裝，從而提供圍繞鉸鏈 422的擺動和移動。頭部414a包括傳動輪空腔434，用於接 納位於棘輪扳手410的主體背側部438和正面44〇之間的傳 動機構436。正面440包括螺栓孔420a和延伸穿過正面44〇 以允許進入螺栓孔420a的螺栓孔槽442。該傳動機構包括 第一傳動輪446和第二傳動輪448，其分別具有延伸穿過正 面440以允許進入螺栓孔420a的螺栓孔槽442和450。當對 準時’工具可以使螺检從螺栓孔420a外側進入螺栓孔420a 内側。 傳動輪空腔434包括第一傳動輪446，其具有包括兩個或 兩個以上的第一傳動輪齒454的第一傳動輪面452，所述第 144545.doc •54· 201103707 一傳動輪齒從第一傳動輪面452的周緣起橫過該第一傳動 輪面延伸向中心，適合允許表面之間產生摩擦。第二傳動 輪448包括第二傳動輪面456，其具有兩個或兩個以上的第 二傳動輪齒458,第二傳動輪齒從第二傳動輪面456的周緣 杈過該第二傳動輪面延伸向中心，以嚙合第一傳動輪面 452的所述兩個或兩個以上的第一傳動輪齒454，從而允許 表面之間產生摩擦。當在一個方向上轉動時，所述兩個或 兩個以上的第一傳動輪齒454越過所述兩個或兩個以上的 第二傳動輪齒458而允許不受限制的轉動。相反，當轉動 方向是沿相反方向時，所述兩個或兩個以上的第一傳動輪 齒454接觸所述兩個或兩個以上的第二傳動輪齒458而限制 轉動。兩個或兩個以上的第一傳動輪齒454和兩個或兩個 以上的第二傳動輪齒458從周緣橫過傳動輪面延伸向中 心，這允許每個齒對之間的接觸面積較大，從而增大了強 度。限位環460和墊片462被用於定位位於棘輪扳手41〇的 主體背側部43 8和正面440之間的傳動機構436。 圖17B疋包括用於容納螺栓、螺母或其它緊固件的螺栓 孔420a的頭部414a的分解圖，頭部414&包括鉸鏈頭殼體 428和鉸鏈頭孔430。頭部41牦包括傳動輪空腔434，用於 接納位於棘輪扳手410的主體背側部438和正面44〇之間的 傳動機構436。正面440包括螺栓孔42〇a和穿過正面44〇以 允許接近螺栓孔420a的螺拴孔槽442。該傳動機構包括第 一傳動輪446和第二傳動輪448，每個傳動輪分別具有延伸 穿過正面440以允許進入螺栓孔42〇a的螺栓孔槽442和 144545.doc •55· 201103707 450。當射準 βφ, τ i 呀 具可以使螺栓從螺栓孔420a外側進入 螺检孔4 2 0 a内側。 傳動輪空腔434裝有第一傳動輪446’其具有包括兩個或 兩個乂上的第—傳動輪齒454的第一傳動輪面452’第-傳 動輪齒從第-傳動輪面452的周緣橫過第—傳動輪面延伸 向中適合允許表面之間產生摩擦。第二傳動輪448包 第傳動輪面456，其具有兩個或兩個以上的第二傳動 輪齒458 ’所述第二傳動輪齒從第二傳動輪面456的周緣橫 過第二傳動輪面延伸向中心，以嚙合第-傳動輪面452的 所述兩個或兩個以上的第-傳動輪齒454，從而允許表面 之間產生摩擦。當在一個方向上轉動時，所述兩個或兩個 以上的第一傳動輪齒454越過所述兩個或兩個以上的第二 =輪齒458而允許不受限制的轉動。城，當轉動方向 疋…相反方向時’所述兩個或兩個以上的第—傳動輪齒 454接觸所述兩個或兩個以上的第二傳動輪齒…而限制轉 動。棘輪扳手4_手柄部416於是可以在該相反方向上自 由轉動’而在另―方向上的轉動造成零部件鎖死並阻止轉 動’以迫使第二傳動輪448轉動。 兩個或兩個以上的第一傳動輪齒454和兩個或兩個以上 的第二傳動輪齒458從周緣橫過傳動輪面延伸向中心，這 允許每個齒對之間的接觸面積較大，從而增大了強度。限 位環460和塾片462被用於^位位於棘輪扳手彻的主體背 側部438和正面440之間的傳動機構436。 儘管關W的是純手，但本領域技術人貞將會清楚 144545.doc -56- 201103707 認識到，本發明可以採用閉口扳手和槽口扳手。主體M2 可以包括與手柄部416連接的頭部414a和414b，該手柄部 相對頭部414a和/或414b轉動〇-90度。此外，相對於—個或 兩個頭部414a和414b，手柄部416可以使彎曲的、曲形 的、彎角形的、傾斜的、升高的、下降的或漸縮的。 本發明的另一個實施例包括具有花鍵内表面的螺栓孔 420a。頭部414a包括用於接納螺栓、螺母或其它緊固件的 螺栓孔420a »頭部414a包括鉸鏈頭殼體428和鉸鏈頭孔 430。頭部414a包括傳動輪空腔434,用於容納位於棘輪扳 手410的主體背側部438和正面44〇之間的傳動機構々μ。正 面440包括螺栓孔42〇a和延伸穿過正面以允許進入螺栓孔 42〇a的螺栓孔槽442。該傳動機構包括第一傳動輪446和第 傳動輪448，母個傳動輪分別具有延伸穿過正面以允 許進入螺栓孔420a的螺栓孔槽442和45〇。當對準時，工具 可以使螺拴從螺栓孔42〇a外侧進入螺栓孔42如内側。螺栓 3可以包括花鍵内表面，其具有環繞螺栓孔分佈 的鍵L。％繞螺栓孔42Ga分佈的鍵槽允許花鍵傳動機構或 套筒插入螺栓孔42〇a，使得花鍵内表面接觸花鍵傳動機構 或套f的鍵槽。料，環繞螺栓孔伽的花鍵内表面允許 該孔容納多種不同的螺母和螺栓，例如方頭、六角頭、〇_ 65%圓六角頭、梅花型、心⑽圓頭梅花型、帶槽的、 Torx星形等等。 、圖似和圓18B是圖17的傳動襄置的分解等距視圖，其 適用於大型裝置的聯接元件中。該聯接元件可以被用在許 144545.doc •57- 201103707 多裝置中’包括摄棍、桿、柱、夾具、梯子、腳手架、畫 展架、支腿、桌子等等。 圖似是包括聯接元件470的分解等距左側視圖，聯接元 件包括與第二主體474配合的第一主體472。第—主體π 包括靠近第-頭部478的第—連接端476。第—頭部⑺包 括位於第-頭部478内的傳動輪空腔.^於容納彈箸、 墊片或墊圈482 (可以有）和第一傳動輪4料，第一傳動輪定 位在主體背側部486和正面彻之間。第―傳動輪—包括 在第-傳動輪面492相反侧的第一傳動輪背面49〇，第一傳 動輪面包括兩個或兩個以上的第—傳動輪齒例，其從第 -傳動輪面492的周緣橫過該傳動輪面延伸向中心，並適 合允許表面之間產生摩擦。在第一傳動輪484的中心設有 第一對準孔496，用於幫助第一傳動輪484的對準。第二主 體474包括靠近第二頭部5〇〇的第二連接端帽。第二頭部 500包括從外側延伸入第二頭部5〇〇的至少一部分的分離槽 5〇2。在分離槽5〇2内有多個分離孔5〇4，它們從分離槽5〇2 延伸穿過第二頭部500。分離彈簧/墊圈5〇6位於分離槽5〇2 内。为離機構508設置成接觸彈簧/墊圈5〇6並且多個分離 銷510穿過所述多個分離孔5〇4並被限位夾512固定。 圖18B是包括聯接元件47〇的分解等距右側視圖，該聯接 元件包括與第二主體474配合的第一主體472。第一主體 472包括罪近第一頭部478的第一連接端476 〇第一頭部478 包括位於第一頭部478内的傳動輪空腔（未示出），用於容納 彈簧、墊塊或墊圈（可能有）和第一傳動輪484，第一傳動輪 I44545.doc -58· 201103707 定位在主體背側部486和正面（未示 4_在第-傳動輪面(未示出)相反以 490,第-傳動輪面包括兩個或兩個 /面 494,其從第-傳動輪面（未示 的第-傳動輪齒 伸向中心並適合允許表面之間產生周二輪面延 —設有第一對準孔•用 的„。 用㈣助第-傳動輪484 第二主體474包括靠近第二頭部州的第二連接端的卜 第二頭部5 〇〇包括旦有笫_查 匕祜,、有第一傳動輪面518的第二傳動輪 川’第二傳動輪面包括從第二傳動輪面518的周緣橫過該 傳動輪面延伸向中心的兩個或兩個以上的第二傳動輪齒 520，以便與第—傳動輪面（未示出）的兩個或兩個以上的第 -傳動輪齒494喷合，從而允許表面之間產生摩擦。對準 桿522從第二主體474延伸出來並且延伸穿過第二頭部⑽ 和第二傳動輪面518 ’從而調准聯接元件。多個分離孔 504設置在料桿522的關以提供—個能使第—傳動輪 484離開第二傳動輪516的機構。分離彈簣/墊圈（未示出）位 ;刀離軋（未示出）内。分離機構5〇8設置成接觸彈簧/墊圈 (未示出），以施加偏壓，多個分離銷51〇穿過多個分離孔 504並且通過限位夹512被固定。 在操作過程中，撬棍從靠近第一頭部478的第一連接端 476和靠近第二碩部5〇〇的第二連接端498延伸出來。傳動 輪空腔480位於第—頭部478和第二頭部500之間，該傳動 輪工腔中裝有偏壓離間第一頭部478的彈簧482。第一傳動 144545.doc •59- 201103707 輪484通過對準桿522被對準並且抵靠著彈簧482。第一傳 動輪484也抵靠第二傳動輪5 16 ’使得兩個或兩個以上的第 一傳動輪齒494與兩個或兩個以上的第二傳動輪齒520 〇齒 合’從而限制第一傳動輪484或第二傳動輪516的自由運 動。第二頭部5 00包括分離槽5 02，在分離槽中裝有分離機 構508，它接觸彈簧/墊圈506並且包括穿過多個分離孔5〇4 且通過限位夹512固定的多個分離銷5丨〇。 當按壓分離機構508時’彈簧/墊圈5〇6被壓下，分離銷 51〇向内移動穿過所述多個分離孔5〇4並貼靠第一傳動輪 484,從而壓縮彈簧、墊片或墊圈482並使第一傳動輪484 與第二傳動輪516分離。 圖19是圖18的傳動機構的分解等距視圖，它適於裝配倍 增齒輪組。聯接元件可以被用在多種裝置中，包括拖棍、 進門裝置、活動顆板、千斤1、起重機等。聯接元件524 包括與鉸接座530的兩側配合的第一主體526和第二主體 528第一主體526包括靠近第一頭部534的第一連接端 532第一頭部534包括位於第一頭部534内的齒輪空腔 536丄’用於容納連接到第一齒輪部54〇的第一齒輪㈣8， 在k裡疋仃星齒輪，但也可以是其它類型的傳動輪。敍接 =0包括通過環形齒輪孔546分開的第—鉸接座側聯 第-鉸接座側544。第—欽接座側⑷適於與第—頭部… ㈣卜環形齒輪孔546容納環形齒輪…。在此實施例中， 裱形齒輪孔546為多邊形，但可 一 T具有其匕任何期望的形 较接座530包括底部550,其具有用於支承绞接座元件 144545.doc 201103707 的平底面。此外，環形齒輪孔546和環形齒輪548可以由單 個零件構成並且被整合到單個裝置中。尺寸、形狀、材 料位置等可以根據具體用途而變。環形齒輪548包括其 上帶有多個内環齒554的内孔552。外壁556被構造成能被 口疋在環形齒輪孔546中。一組齒輪558定位在内孔552中 以接觸内環齒554和第一齒輪部54〇。該組齒輪558可包括 1 ’ 2’ 3，4’5’6’7’ 8, 9’ 1〇個或更多個具有不同或 近似的齒距的齒輪。該組齒輪558連接到第二主體528，第 二主體包括靠近第二頭部562的第二連接端56〇。在工作 中對第一連接端532施力造成第一齒輪部540移動，隨著 第齒輪部的移動，與其相互作用的該組齒輪558引起包 括第連接知560的第一主體528移動。所需的力的大小可 以隨本發明所用的具體齒輪和傳動比而變化。 圖20A是齒輪傳動裝置的分解等距視圖，其具有多個顎 板和單個旋柄以及倍增齒輪组。開啟機構570也可以被用 在多種裝置中，包括撬棍、進門裝置、活動顎板、千斤 頂起重機％•。開啟機構5 7 0包括與兩側相匹配的第一主 體572和第二主體574。第一主體572包括位於第一主體572 内的齒輪空腔576，用於容納一組齒輪578，在此實施例中 其包括傳動齒輪580和一對顎板齒輪582a和582b。傳動齒 輪5 80的作用是驅動該對顎板齒輪582a、582b，這可以利 用相似的顎板齒輪582a和582b以相似的傳動比完成，或者 用具有不同傳動比的齒輪以不同的傳動比完成。該組齒輪 558可以包括卜2，3, 4，5，6，7，8, 9，10個或更多個 144545.doc •61 - 201103707 有不同或近似的齒距的齒輪。顎板齒輪582&和582b(其也 可以是一體式構造）容納軸58钻和584b。顎板586a和586b 連接到軸584a和584b ’從而傳動齒輪580的轉動驅動顎板 齒輪582a和582b轉動，其又帶動顎板586Ma 586be所需力 的大小可以根據本發明所用的具體齒輪和傳動比而變。傳 動齒輪580、顎板齒輪5823和582b、軸58乜和58仆、顎板 586a和586b活動安裝在第一主體572和第二主體574之間。 傳動齒輪580包括嵌入孔588，其構造成能容納棘輪嵌塊 590棘輪嵌塊5 9〇被固定在傳動齒輪580的嵌入孔588中。 棘輪手柄592具有靠近第一頭部596的第一連接端594 ^第 一頭部596具有用於固定棘輪手柄592至第二主體574的固 疋孔598。分離機構6〇〇設置成接觸彈簧/墊圈（未示出）以實 現偏壓，並且多個分離銷6〇2穿過多個分離孔6〇4並且通過 限位夾（未不出）固定。第一齒輪桿606從第一頭部596延伸 出來用於對準且抵靠彈簧482。第一頭部別包括第二齒輪 (未示出），其與棘輪嵌塊590配合以限制自由運動。 圖20B是傳動裝置的等距透視圖，其具有多個顎板和單 個旋柄以及倍增齒輪、组。開啟機構570也可以被用在多個 裝置中’包括撬棍、進門裝置、實物顎板、千斤頂、起重 機等。開啟機構570包括與兩側相匹配的第一主體572和第 二主體574。第-主體572包括位於第一主體572内的齒輪 二腔（未示出）用於谷納一組齒輪（未示出）和一對顎板齒 輪（未示出）。棘輪手柄592的轉動驅動顎板“以和“仳。所 需力的大小根據本發明利的具體齒輪和傳動比而變。棘 144545.doc -62· 201103707 :手柄592包括靠近第—頭部596附近的.第—連接端州。 2頭部別具有分離機構_，用於使棘輪手柄別在不 多動顆板586a和586b的情況下運動。 疋齒輪傳動機構的分解等距視圖其具有被用作傳 動延伸結構的倍增齒輪組。傳動延伸結構可以被用在多種 襄置中’包括棘輪、套筒、變速器、傳動系等等。傳動延 伸結構6H)包括匹配的第—主體612和第二主體61〇第一 主體612包括靠近第一齒輪部618的第一連接端616。第一 頭部612包括位於第—頭部612内的齒輪空腔㈣用於接 :通過桿622與第一齒輪部618相連的第一連接端616，在 這裡是行星齒輪，但也可以是其它類型的傳動輪。第一主 體6U包括環形齒輪孔624，用於容納環形齒輪_，在此 實施例中，環形齒輪孔624是多邊形的，但也可以具有其 它希望的形狀。環形齒輪孔624和環形齒輪626可以由單個 零件構成並且被整合到單個裝置中。尺寸、形狀 '材料、 位置等可以根據具體用途而變。環形齒輪626包括其上帶 有内環齒630的内孔628。外壁632被構造成能固定在環形 齒輪孔624内。一組齒輪634定位在内孔628中而接觸内環 齒630和第一齒輪部618。該組齒輪634可包括ι，2，3， 6，7，8，9，10個或更多個具有不同的或類似的齒 距的齒輪。該組齒輪634被連接到第二主體614，其具有靠 近第二主體614的第二連接端636。第二連接端636也包括 第二連接孔638，其設計用來接納傳動機構（未示出），該傳 動機構可以是套筒、棘輪、扳手、頭部、延長體' 刀頭、 144545.doc •63· 201103707 鑽頭和本領域已知的其它器械，拇指撥輪64〇也被連接在 第二主體614上並且可以通過螺釘642和焊接點（未示出）固 定。桿622被連接到一個或多個墊圈M4、偏壓機構646、 第一滑動端件648和第二滑動端件65〇。在操作中，第二連 接孔638被裝入棘輪。當該棘輪轉動時，桿622轉動並造成 該組齒輪634轉動，並且第一齒輪部618轉動第一連接端 616。第-連接端616可以適合安裝棘輪、扳手、頭部、延 長體、刀頭、鑽頭和和本領域已知的其它器械。在另一個 實施例中，環形齒輪626包括其上帶有内環齒㈣的内孔 8外2 632被構造成能固定在環形齒輪孔624中。該组 齒輪634如此定位，使得允許可換的連接齒輪（未示出）能被 插入和取出，該連接齒輪具有通過桿622與第—齒輪部618 ㈣的第-連接端616。可換的連接齒輪（未示出）可以按照 與花鍵驅動扳手相似的方式被插人並且允許在第—連接端 616變換不同的傳動尺寸〇/4、1/2、3/4、i等）。 而 圖22是齒輪傳動裝置的分解等距視圖，其包括作為傳動 延伸部分的複式倍增齒輪組。傳動延伸結構可被用在多種 裝置中’包括棘輪、套筒、變速器、傳動系等。傳動延伸 結構㈣包括第一主體612和第二主體614，它們包括第一 齒輪組⑷和第二齒輪組_ ’用於提供不同的多級傳動 比。⑽延伸穿過第-板孔648進人在第—齒輪板65〇的 一側的第一連接端616，其中第一齒輪部618佈置在第―齒 :板㈣的相反側。第―連接端616可以適合安裝棘輪、板 手、頭部、延長體'刀頭、鑽頭和本領域已知的豆它琴 144545.doc -64- 201103707 械。第一組齒輪634圍繞第一齒輪部618設置並且被失在第 一齒輪板650和第二齒輪板652之間◎第二齒輪部654佈置 在第二齒輪板652的相反側上。在這個例子中是行星齒 輪，但也可以是其它類型的傳動輪。第一頭部612包括第 齒輪空腔（未示出）和在第一頭部6丨2内以便經過開口（未 示出）接納第二齒輪部654的第二齒輪空腔656。第二組齒 輪658定位在第二齒輪空腔656中並且接觸第二齒輪部 654。第二組齒輪658被安裝在第一主體612和第二主體Η* 之間。第二主體614包括第二連接端636和第二連接孔 638，其被設計成能容納傳動機構（未示出），該傳動機構可 以是套筒、棘輪、扳手、頭部、延長體、刀頭、鑽頭和本 領域已知的其它器械。這些齒輪組可以包括1，2，3，4， 5，6，7，8，9，10個或更多個具有不同或近似的齒距的 齒輪。傳動延伸結構610可以在一端通過環66〇固定並且在 另一端通過環662固定。 在“作中，第二連接孔638被裝到某裝置上。當第二連 接端636轉動時，第二組齒輪658轉動並引起第二齒輪部 654轉動。隨著第二齒輪部654轉動，第二齒輪板Μ]和第 一組齒輪634轉動，從而移動第一齒輪部618和桿622，該 桿I伸穿過第一板孔648進入第一連接端616。第一連接端 616可以連接在其它裝置上如套筒、棘輪、扳手、頭部、 延長體、刀頭、鑽頭和本領域已知的其它器械。第一齒輪 組644和第二齒輪組M6控制輸入到輸出傳動裝置的傳動 比’傳動比例如是 10:1、12:1、15:1、25:1 ' 50^ 等。 144545.doc •65- 201103707 圖23A至圖23D是欽鏈扳手的等角圖。圖23A是具有一半 厚度的鉸鏈扳手的視圖，圖23D是具有整個厚度的欽鍵板 手的視圖。以下實施例可以是整個厚度或一半厚度，但在 本文中以半厚度的方式示出以便說明。圖是彎曲欽 鏈扳手的視圖，圖23C是扭曲鉸鏈扳手的視圖。圖23a是 鉸鏈扳手的視圖。鉸鏈扳手7〇〇包括與下鉸鏈7〇4a_7〇4e和 上鉸鏈706連接的手柄7〇2。 圖24A至圖24C是鉸鏈扳手組成零部件的等距視圖。圖 24A是手柄702的等距視圖，該手柄包括手柄部7〇8和手柄 連接端710。手柄連接端71〇包括分離按鈕孔M2，其容納 具有彈簧/墊圈716和保持環718的分離按鈕714。分離彈簧/ 墊圈716定位在分離按鈕孔712中，在分離按鈕714的下方 以施加偏壓。分離按鈕孔712包括一個或多個分離孔72〇， 其容納分離按鈕714上的一個或多個分離銷722。在分離按 鈕714的對面有對準桿724，用於幫助零部件的對準。 圖24B是下鉸鏈7〇4的等距視圖，它包括下鉸鏈容納端 726和下鉸鏈連接端728。下鉸鏈連接端728包括分離按鈕 孔712，其容納具有彈簧/墊圈716和保持環718的分離按鈕 714。分離彈簧/墊圈716安置在分離按鈕孔712中，用於在 分離按鈕714下方施加偏壓。分離按鈕孔712包括一個或多 個分離孔720，其容納分離按鈕714上的一個或多個分離銷 722。在分離按鈕714的對面有對準桿724，用於幫助零部 件的對準。下鉸鏈容納端726包括嵌孔（未示出），用於接納 彈簧/墊圈730和嵌塊732。 144545.doc -66 - 201103707 圖24C是上鉸鏈706的等距視圖’其包括上鉸鏈容納端 734和上鉸鏈連接端736。上鉸鏈容納端734包括第一嵌孔 738，用於容納彈簣/墊圈730和嵌塊732。第一嵌孔738的 側面被設計用來接納和固定彈簧/墊圈73〇和嵌塊732。嵌 塊732包括嵌孔740和對準桿孔742。上鉸鏈連接端728包括 接頭744用於接納扳手、套筒、棘輪、螺母、螺栓等，並 可以包括限位球746和被插入球孔750中的限位彈簧748。 圖24D是下鉸鏈704的等距視圖，其包括下鉸鏈容納端 726和下鉸鏈連接端728。下鉸鏈連接端728包括在相反側 的分離按鈕孔（未示出），其在相反側容納分離按鈕（未示 出）。分離按紐孔（未示出）包括一個或多個分離孔72〇，其 容納分離按鈕（未示出）的一個或多個分離銷（未示出）。在 分離按鈕（未示出）的對面設有對準桿724，用於幫助零部件 的對準。第二嵌孔752佈置在對準桿723周圍並且包括所述 一個或多個容納所述一個或多個分離銷的分離孔72〇。 圖24E是鉸鏈扳手組件的等距視圖。鉸鏈扳手7〇〇包括手 柄702 ’其連接到下鉸鏈704a、7〇仆和上鉸鏈7〇6 ^手柄 702包括在對準桿724相反側的分離按鈕714，該對準桿用 於幫助零部件的對準和固定。手柄7〇2如此與下鉸鏈7〇牝 配合，即，將嵌塊732和彈簧安置在第一嵌孔738和在對準 桿724周圍的第二嵌孔（未示出）之間。分離按鈕714與對準 桿724接觸，因而按下分離按鈕714使嵌塊732離開第二嵌 孔（未示出），使得手柄702可相對下鉸鏈7〇4轉動。分離按 鈕714的鬆開造成嵌塊732再次定位在第一嵌孔738和在對 144545.doc •67- 201103707 準桿724周圍的第二嵌孔（未示出）中。也可以按下分離按鈕 714來允許下鉸鏈704與手柄702分離開，從而拆却扳手。 下鉸鏈704a被連接到下鉸鏈704b。下鉸鏈7〇4a包括在對準 桿724相反側的分離按鈕（未示出），該對準桿用於幫助零部 件的對準和固定。下鉸鏈704a與下鉸鏈7〇仆如此配合， 即，將嵌塊732和彈簧730安置在第一嵌孔（未示出）和第二 嵌孔752之間。分離按鈕714與對準桿724接觸，因而按下 分離按鈕714使嵌塊732離開第二嵌孔752，使得下鉸鏈 7〇4a可相對下鉸鏈704b轉動。分離按鈕（未示出）的鬆開造 成嵌塊732再次定位在第一嵌孔（未示出）和在對準桿”斗周 圍的第二嵌孔752中。分離按鈕714也可被按下以允許下鉸 鏈7〇4a與下⑽鳩分離，從而拆卸扳手。下鉸鏈獅被 連接到上鉸鏈706。下鉸鏈7〇4b包括在對準桿724相反側的 分離按鈕714，該對準桿用於幫助零部件的對準和固定。 下鉸鏈7〇4b與上鉸鏈鳩如此配合，即，將嵌塊732和彈箸 730安置在第一嵌孔738和在對準桿724附近的第〕嵌孔（未 示出）之間。分離按鈕714與對準桿724接觸，因而按下分 離按紐m使嵌塊732離開第二嵌孔（未示出），使得下絞鏈 難可相對上较鏈寫轉動。分離按紐714的鬆開造成嵌塊 ⑴再次；t位在第-嵌孔738和在對準桿724周圍的第： 孔（未示出）中。分離按紐714也可被按下以允許下鉸鏈7 與上欽鏈分離，從而拆卸扳手。上欽鏈鳩包㈣ 744’用於接納扳手、套筒、棘輪、螺母、螺检等，立 可以包括限位球746。 144545.doc •68· 201103707 施例中，敍鏈扳手可以具有傳統的扳手形狀， 其j通過桿分離開的第-端和第二端。所述兩端可以獨 立地選自箱形端、開口、棘輪扳手、制動扳手等。桿可以 具有一個或多個鉸鏈，以根據需要允許扳手彎曲和回轉。 例如’桿可以具有通過鉸接頭相連的上较鍵和下妓鍵。上 鉸鍵包括在對準桿相反㈣分離独，該對準桿用於幫助 零部件的對準和固定。上錢鏈與下敍鏈如此配合，即，嵌 塊和彈簧破定位在第一谈孔和在對準桿周圍的第二嵌孔之 間。分離按紐與對準桿接觸，因而按下按紐使嵌塊離開第 二嵌孔’使得上鉸鏈可相對下鉸鏈轉動。分離按紐的科開 造成後塊再次定位在第一敌孔和在對準桿周圍的第二嵌孔 中。另-個實施例允許分離按紐被壓下，以允許下鉸鍵與 上鉸鏈分離開，從而拆卸扳手。在某些實施例中單個扳 手中存在1、2、3、4或更多的鉸接頭。 圖25A至圖25C是與摄棍、支承桿或本文所述其它器械 連用的伸縮桿的視圖。圖25A表示第一桿76〇，其能滑入第 一谷納柃762中。伸縮桿的長度可根據具體需要來調整並 且可以按照不同長度製造。第一桿760包括一個或多個開 口 764，其固疋位於第二容納桿762中的鎖定銷（未示出）。 當按下分離按鈕766時，鎖定銷（未示出）可以脫開並且長度 可被調整。圖25B表示第一桿760，其能滑入第二容納桿 762中，並且在第一桿76〇上具有聯接元件278。某裝置（如 防滑二腳架、楔塊、錘、又、斧頭等）可以被安裴在第一 桿760、第二容納桿762或兩者上。圖25C示出了第—桿 144545.doc •69· 201103707 760,其為方形並能滑入圓形的第二容納桿762中，但本領 域的發明人可以採納這種結構或加以修改。 圖撤、圖26B和圖度示出了具有反轉機構的端面傳動 輪元件視圖。本發明給出或設想的任一實施例可以包括複 式傳動輪組，其在第二端面傳動輪中具有一個端面傳動輪 組並且在相反的兩個方向上具有多個齒。例如，圖⑽是 傳動機構的分解等距視圖，其示出了帶有用於在特定方向 上選擇性地接合端面傳動輪的選擇開關的複式端面 組。在圖26A中，第一 φr 土 -, ' 第主體（未不出）匹配第二主體474。第 二主體，包括靠近第二頭部5〇〇的第二連接端梢。第二 頭部則包括分離槽5G2，其從外側向内 I的至少一部分。在分離槽-中設有-個或多個分二 504a和504b，這此分離j丨"Λ八仙 咕、二刀離孔仉分離槽502起延伸穿過第二頭 邰500。第二頭部5〇〇包 _ 出”其適合接納位於該第二 的第-端面傳動輪—二:㈣動:孔(未示出)内 筮一故 ^ 亥第—端面傳動輪484a内的 ^ = 1面傳動輪侧。第—端面傳動輪她包括兩個 =以上的第一傳動輪齒例a，其從第一傳動輪面（未 I::::該 個以上的第-傳動 的周緣橫過該傳動輪面延伸向中、：第=動輪面(未示出） 產生摩榕。笛— 〜，並適合允許表面之間 幫助;端面，動輪·可以包括第-對準孔 、幫助第-端面傳動輪他的對準。第二第一端 144545.doc •70· 201103707 面傳動輪484b裝入第—料，、隹^ 對準孔496a中’第一對準孔496a的 形狀可以是任何如珍认 '望的形狀並且可以將第一端面傳動輪 484a固定到第二第_ 弟 ％面傳動輪48仆上。然而，第一對準 孔他可；^圓形的，第二第-端面傳動輪獅通過延伸 穿過斤述㈤或夕個分離孔5〇4a和5叫的分離銷5心、 邊和51_定。第二第一端面傳動輪獅也包括 第對準孔496b，其適合接納定位圓柱體228。定位圓柱 體228將第—第一端面傳動輪料仆定位在第一端面傳動輪 48^和第二頭部500中。第一端面傳動輪484a和第二第一 端面傳動輪484b具有偏壓機構482a、48几、482〇、482d， 用於偏[帛）而面傳動輪484&和第二第一端面傳動輪彻匕 離開所述一個或多個分離孔504a和504b。在一些實施例 中《玄裝置可包括反轉機構，其包括至少部分設置在所述 一個或多個分離孔5〇4&和5〇4b上方的旋柄24。旋柄Μ具有 一組兩鉗件（内鉗件2h、25b和外鉗件25C、25d),每一對 位於旋柄24的端部並且通過兩個部段23a和23b連接。反轉 件22具有延伸穿過主體背側部2〇的頂部，因而可以前後移 動反轉件22具有2組附接端27a和27b，它們配合旋柄24 的2個部段23a和23b。在操作中，反轉機構被向前壓，内 鉗件25a和25b移動以接合分離銷51〇a*51〇b，從而移動第 二第一端面傳動輪484b離開主體背側部20 ’以接合配對的 傳動輪（未示出）。當第二第一端面傳動輪和配對的傳 動輪在一個方向上移動時，它們互鎖並且轉動該主體，但 當它們在相反方向移動時允許這些齒相互移動越過。反轉 144545.doc -71. 201103707 機構被向後壓，外射件25c和25d移動而接合分離銷5i〇c和 51〇d’從而移動第一端面傳動輪48牦離開主體背側部2〇, 以接合配對傳動輪（未示出）。當第一端面傳動輪购和配 對傳動輪在—個方向上㈣時，它們互鎖並且轉動該主 體，但當它們在相反方向移動時，允許齒相互移動越過。 圖27A和圖27B是齒輪傳動型壓合棘輪板手8〇〇。本發明 的齒輪傳動型壓合棘輪扳手8〇〇包括上殼體8〇2和下殼體 8〇4匕們裝配起來而在兩者間形成傳動輪空腔⑽6。在傳 動輪空腔806内設有一組齒輪8〇8。該組齒輪8〇8可以包括 卜2’3’4’5’6’7’ 8’9’ 10或更多個具有不同或近 似的齒距和不同傳動比的齒輪812a、812b、8l2c、8i2d。 該組齒輪808也可以包括與該組齒輪8〇8相連的手柄適配齒 輪814和棘輪適配齒輪816，用於連接第一手柄818a和傳動 適配接頭820。在一個例子中，該組齒輪8〇8包括周緣帶齒 的四個齒輪。齒輪812a包括環繞周緣的多個齒，用於接合 齒輪812c ’齒輪812b抵靠在齒輪812a上而接觸齒輪812c。 齒輪81 2c具有多個齒，接觸齒輪812d。齒輪si 2d連接到棘 輪適配齒輪816，其接納傳動適配接頭820且可用螺釘822 來固定。第一手柄81 8a連接在適配齒輪814上。當第一手 柄818a和第二手柄818b被壓合時，第一手柄818a轉動手柄 適配齒輪814’從而轉動該組齒輪808。因此，第一手柄 81 8a的轉動導致齒輪812a將該運動傳遞給該組齒輪808， 並最終通過該組齒輪808傳遞給傳動適配接頭820。第二手 柄818b可以疋位在上殼體802上、下殼體804上或兩者上。 144545.doc •72· 201103707 該組齒輪8 0 8連接岛丨楚_ 女判弟二主體804或定位在一個設置在下殼 體804、上殼體8〇2赤；〜 次兩者上的嵌塊上。上殼體8〇2、下殼 體804或兩者可具右笛一 、负弟一手柄818b，其提供杠桿作用以使 第-手柄818a轉動。在操作卜第一手柄8心和第二手柄 818b被壓合在—刼，w 。隹起，從而轉動適配齒輪814，其轉動該組 齒輪808，而該組齒輪又轉動容納傳動適配接頭⑽的棘輪 適配齒輪816。此外，棘輪適配齒輪816包括嵌孔824，其 形狀構造成能安裝傳動適配接頭820。包括棘輪適配齒輪 816的其它實施例可以包括嵌孔824，其形狀構造成能安裝 化鍵傳動機構、方形刀頭、多邊形刀頭等（未示出）。 圖27B疋具有一對端面傳動輪的齒輪傳動型壓合棘輪扳 手800的視圖。本發明的齒輪傳動型壓合棘輪扳手8〇〇包括 上殼體802和下殼體804，它們裝配起來而在兩者間形成齒 輪空腔806。在齒輪空腔8〇6中設有一組齒輪8〇8。該組齒 10或更多個 輪 808可以包括 1，2，3，4，5，6，7, 具有不同或相同的齒距和不同傳動比的齒輪812&、81215、 812c、8 12d。該組齒輪808也可以包括與該組齒輪8〇8相連 的手柄適配齒輪814和棘輪適配齒輪816，分別用於連接第 一手柄818a和驅動適配接頭820。手柄適配齒輪814可以包 括一組端面齒輪826a，其中端面齒輪組826a的齒830設置 在手柄適配齒輪814的頂面828上，並且多個齒830圍繞手 柄適配齒輪814的周邊佈置。第一手柄8 18 a包括一組配對 端面齒輪826b，其設置在端面齒輪嵌塊（未示出）的底面（未 示出）上，該端面齒輪嵌塊如此設置在定位圓柱體834周 144545.doc -73· 201103707 圍’使得該組配對端面齒輪826b的齒對準。該組齒輪808 包括周邊有齒的四個齒輪。齒輪812a周邊帶齒以接合齒輪 812c ’齒輪812b放置在齒輪812a上以接觸齒輪812c。齒輪 812c具有接觸齒輪812d的多個齒。齒輪812d連接到棘輪適 配齒輪816，其接納驅動適配接頭82〇且可用螺釘822被固 定。第一手柄818a被連接在適配齒輪814上。當第一手柄 818a和第二手柄81813被壓合時，第一手柄818a轉動手柄適 配齒輪814，從而轉動該組齒輪8〇8。因此，第一手柄818& 的轉動使齒輪812a將該運動傳遞給該組齒輪8〇8，並最終 通過該組齒輪808傳遞給傳動適配接頭82〇。第二手柄81肋 可以定位在上殼體802上、下殼體8〇4上或兩者上。該組齒 輪808連接到第二主體8〇4或定位在一個設置在下殼體 8〇4、上殼體8〇2或兩者上的嵌塊上。上殼體8〇2、下殼體 8〇4或兩者可包括第二手柄81讣，其提供杠桿作用以使第 手柄8183轉動。在操作中，第-手柄81 8a和第二手柄 -被堊5在起，以轉動適配齒輪814，該適配齒輪轉 動該組齒輪峨，而該組齒輪又轉動接納傳動適配接頭820 2棘輪適配齒輪816。此外，棘輪適配齒輪㈣包括嵌孔 824，其構造成能安裝傳動適配接頭包括棘輪適配齒 輪816的其它實施例可以包括嵌孔824 ’其構造成能安裝花 鍵傳動機構、方形刀頭、多邊形刀頭等(未示出)。 夕根據空間_條件和特定用途，該組齒㈣8可以且有 :種：同的配置形式(增大的傳動比，減小的傳動比，強 、）例如，可以採用齒輪配置來提供傳動比的 M4545.doc • 74- 201103707 增減。齒輪齒和齒輪佈置形式的接合可以被用於允許在輸 入值和輸出值之間的轉矩和速度的改變。例如，8_齒齒輪 8A、8B、8C和40-齒齒輪4〇A、40B、40C的組合形成顯著 降低的齒輪傳動比。例如，在8_齒齒輪8A和4〇_齒齒輪4〇A 之間的最終傳動比為125:1。這是如此實現的，即將以5 . i 的傳動比驅動40-齒齒輪40B的8-齒齒輪8A、驅動4〇_齒齒 輪40C的8-齒齒輪8B、驅動40-齒齒輪40A的-8齒齒輪8(：相 組合，從而將100 rpm的輸入轉換為〇 8 rpm的輸出（轉換也 可以通過將0.8 rpm的輸入轉換至1〇〇 rpm的輸出來完成 另一個例子包括40-齒主動齒輪4〇a被連接到8-齒齒輪8A而 形成1:5的傳動比，即根據主動齒輪4〇A轉速為i卬爪， 齒齒輪8A的轉速為5 rpn^ 2〇·齒主動齒輪2〇A和24_齒齒輪 40B與40-齒主動齒輪4〇A嚙合，從而形成1:2和1:1 66的傳 動比，即主動齒輪40A轉速為1 rpm，齒輪2〇a和齒輪4〇B 的轉速分別為2 rpm和1.66 rpm。 圖28A是具有一對端面傳動輪的傳動型壓合棘輪扳手8〇〇 的視圖。本發明的傳動型壓合棘輪扳手800包括上殼體8〇2 和下殼體804，它們裝配起來而在兩者間形成傳動輪空腔 806在刼作中，第一手柄81 8a和第二手柄818b被壓合在 一起’以轉動驅動適配接頭820。第一手柄818a和第二手 柄818b分別連接在上殼體8〇2和/或下殼體8〇4的不同部分 上。在傳動輪空腔806内設有-組傳動輪8〇8。關於該組傳 動輪808的說明，已經通過圖19、圖21和圖22中的—個實 施例進行了描述。該組傳動輪8〇8可以包括丨，2，3， 144545.doc -75- 201103707 _ ,9, 10或更多個具有不同或相同的齒距和不 同傳動比的齒輪。該組傳動輪可以通過設置在齒輪空腔 8〇6中的一組端面傳動輪826連接在下殼體8〇4上，該組端 專動輪與在該組傳動輪8〇8的底面上的一組端面傳動輪 (未示出）配合。該組傳動輪8〇8被連接到動適配接頭Μ。， 其從上殼體8G2延伸出並且被構件836定位。該組端面傳動 輪826和该組配對端面傳動輪（未示出）配合，從而在一個方 向上轉動時允許該組配對端面傳動輪（未示出）的齒（未示 出）越過在該組端面傳動輪826上的齒83〇,而在相反方向 轉動時相互鎖定。方向選擇機構可被用在此實施例中（例 如像在圖26中那樣）。偏壓機構838可以安置在該組端面傳 動輪826和該下殼體804的底面之間（例如像在圖18中一 樣，圖18的按鈕機構也可以被結合到不同的實施例中）。 在操作中，第一手柄818a和第二手柄81讣被壓合在一起， 從而轉動s亥組端面傳動輪826和在該組傳動輪8〇8的底面上 的忒組配對端面傳動輪（未示出）。當該組配對端面傳動輪 (未示出）轉動時，該組傳動輪8〇8被轉動並且又帶動從上殼 體802延伸出的傳動適配接頭82〇轉動。 圖28B是具有一對端面傳動輪的傳動型壓合棘輪扳手8〇〇 的視圖。本發明的傳動型壓合棘輪扳手800包括上殼體802 和下殼體804，它們裝配起來而在兩者間形成傳動輪空腔 806。傳動輪空腔806也具有對準桿838。在操作中，第一 手柄818a和第二手柄8〗8b被壓合在一起以轉動該傳動適配 接頭820。第一手柄g18a和第二手柄8181?分別連接在上殼 144545.doc -76- 201103707 體802和/或下设體8〇4的不同部分上。傳動輪空腔川6内設 有一組傳動輪808。該組傳動輪8〇8包括第一端面傳動輪 840，其具有圍繞第一端面傳動輪84〇周邊的第一組齒 842、和設置在第一端面傳動輪84〇的頂面上的一組第一端 面傳動輪端面齒844。第一端面傳動輪84〇還包括第一端面 傳動輪對準.孔846。該組傳動輪8〇8包括第二端面傳動輪 848，其具有設置在第二端面傳動輪848的底面852上的一 組第二端面傳動輪端面齒85〇。第二端面傳動輪848連接到 第二手柄818b，從而第二手柄818b的運動轉動第二端面傳 動輪848。在圖28B中，第二端面傳動輪848具有一對柄柱 856，其裝配在第二手柄81朴的柄柱孔85仏和朴中。第 二手柄818b也包括手柄對準孔86〇，其接納對準桿83卜傳 動適配接頭820如此定位在傳動輪空腔8〇6中，即通過設置 在固定於下殼體9〇4的傳動適配接頭桿柱862上。傳動適配 接頭820包括適配接頭齒864，其與設置於第一端面傳動輪 ㈣周邊上的第一組齒842嚙合。當第一端面傳動輪84〇轉 動時，圍繞周邊設置的第-組齒842轉動適配接頭齒 從而轉動傳動適配接頭82〇。該組第二端面傳動輪端面齒 850在第二端面傳動輪848的底面852上對準位於第一端面 傳動輪840的頂面上的該組第一端面傳動輪端面齒84心第 二端面傳動輪848還包括第二端面傳動輪對準孔8以。對準 桿㈣被裝入第-端面傳動輪對準孔846中以將第—端面傳 動輪840如此定位在傳動輪空腔8〇6中，使得該組第—端面 傳動輪端面齒844從傳動輪空腔8〇6起朝上。第二端面傳動 144545.doc -77- 201103707 輪848如此定位’即，該組第二端面傳動輪端面齒850對準 S亥組第一端面傳動輪端面齒844，這通過將第二端面傳動 輪對準孔854和對準桿838裝配在一起實現。在一個替代實 施例中’第二手柄8l8b包括第二端面傳動輪端面齒85〇, 用於接觸第一端面傳動輪840。相似地，第二端面傳動輪 848可以是圓形、橢圓形、正方形、齒扇形或其它任何能 提供齒接觸的形狀。對於該組傳動輪8〇8的說明，已經在 圖19、圖21和圖22示出一個實施例中進行了描述。該組傳 動輪808可以包括1，2，3，4，5，6，7，8，9，10或更多 個具有不同或相同的齒距和不同的傳動比的齒輪，也可以 包括其齒朝向相反的方向的嵌入端面齒輪。像在本文所給 的任何一個例子中那樣，齒輪傳動比可以通過改變齒輪和/ 或齒的間距、尺寸、位置等而改變為任何適當的比例，例 如傳動比可以是 1.5:1、2.5:1、3.5:1、4.5:1、5.5:1、 6·5:1 、 7.5:1 、 8.5:1 、 9.5:1 、 10.5:1 、 1:1 、 2:1 、 3:1 、 4:1、5:1、6:1、7:1、8:1、9:1、10:1、11:1、12:1、13:1、 、15:1、20:1、25:1、50:1等，該比例可以被用在反方 向上的傳動比，也可以為50:1等。 儘管在不同實施例中描述的傳動輪給出了具體的齒輪類 型’但本領域技術人員將會認識到也可採用其它類型的傳 動輪。例如，圓柱齒輪具有於主要是滾動的齒接觸，其中 /月動發生在唾合和分離時。齒條和小齒輪基本上是圓柱齒 輪的直線變形形式。内環形齒輪包括圓柱形齒輪，其喃合 齒在圓環之内或之外，常與圓柱齒輪連用》内環形齒輪可 144545.doc • 78- 201103707 以被用在行星齒輪結構中。斜齒輪包括具有螺旋齒的圓柱 形齒輪。斜齒條齒輪是直線形狀並且與轉動的斜齒輪配 σ 人子齒輪可以具有左旋和右旋的螺旋齒。端面齒輪是 面切制出一圈齒的圓’盤體。齒輪齒朝齒中心漸縮。蝸桿 齒輪齒類似於與螺旋齒輪嚙合，除了當沿蝸桿軸線看時其 包絡蝸桿。雙包絡堝桿齒輪具有徑向變化的節圓直徑。這 增大了齒剪切區的數目和大小。直齒傘齒輪具有漸縮的錐 开y齒，6亥齒與相同的齒形相交。傘齒輪被用於在中心線相 交的軸之間傳遞運動。交角通常為90度，但可以高達18〇 度。如果配對齒輪的尺寸相同並且軸相互成9〇度地設置， 則它們被稱為等徑傘齒輪。傘齒輪的齒也可以按照曲形方 式切制而成’從而產生螺旋傘齒輪，纟比直切三齒輪的工 作更平穩和安靜。螺旋傘齒輪具有螺旋角度螺旋齒。螺旋 齒輪（交叉螺旋錄）是具有相反螺㈣的斜錄，它們在 軸線交又情況下嚙合。 套筒接合部可以被構造成安裝具有常規尺寸的套筒(例 如 1/4’ 1/2’ 3/4’ 11/4’ ％ % 2’ ％ μ，找，3等）。此 外，套筒接合部可以構造成花鍵傳動機構或端面齒輪。手 柄的織構區可以形成在手柄部中或者安置在手柄部上並且 由橡膠、塑膠、金屬、聚合物 料構<。 ^木H其它適合材 本文中’術語「套筒表示傳統. τ得.，死套琦，如公制套筒，分 級套琦，長套管，短套管， 絡套诗或衝擊套筒等，形狀 為八角頭、十二角頭、花鍵、T0rx星形等。 144545.doc •79· 201103707 ^本文中’多個例子可被組成和適合用在所有類型的扳 ’例如呆扳手或呆扳鉗：具有u形開口的—體扳手， ’、夾住螺拴或螺母的相對兩面。這種扳手通常是雙頭的， 的開口具有不同尺寸。兩端常以大致15度的角度相 十手柄縱軸線定向。這使得通過翻轉扳手而能在封閉空間 内:大In圍移動；環形扳手或套筒扳手（雙頭交錯）：具有 閉合開口的-體扳手，言玄閉合開口夾住螺检或螺母的=個 面:槽口通常是六角形或十二角形開口，以用於多邊形的 螺母或螺；。十二角形開口以多達兩倍的角度安裝到緊 固件上’優點是擺動被限制。八角扳手也被製造用於方頭 螺母和螺栓頭。環形扳手通常是雙頭的並且—般具有錯開 的手柄肖於能更好地接近螺母或螺检。組合板甜或植人 扳手：雙頭工具，一端像呆扳手或呆扳钳，另_端_ 板手或㈣扳手，兩端頭通常適合相同尺寸的螺栓。錐形 螺母扳手，管扳手或線扳手：用於在管兩端夾住螺母。言 類扳手與套筒扳手相似，但沒有完全套住螺母，它具有= 小開口，但其寬度；1以允許扳手安放在管上。這允ς最大田 程度地接觸垂直螺母，其通常是比較軟 於被呆板手損壞;可調板手/板甜，端頭可調屬板手因而。 扳鉗或活動扳手：具有可調(通常是光滑的)鉗爪的開口;; 手；活扳手或氣動夾鉗，是舊型端頭可調扳手，具有后 手柄和光滑鉗爪；管扳手··端頭可調扳手，具有自緊性2 和堅硬的鋸齒形鉗爪，其僅僅抓住軟鐵管和管接頭Υ生，A matte surface, a rough surface, an adhesive surface, or a surface of I. The intermediate drive wheel first-side (four)--the frictional wheel between the surfaces Φ66 has an intermediate transmission around the outer portion of the drive to align the first drive wheel 40 of the first drive wheel 40 with the first drive face The center toothless moving gear pitch U4 in the intermediate belt tooth surface 130 is the first-middle door. ,,... The distance from the middle to the first intermediate tooth 138 and 疋 can be based on the second side of the intermediate drive wheel (not dry out: a certain distance. Similarly, the second toothed surface of the moving wheel (not/out, There is a central transmission transmission center around the outside (the second is aligned with the first transmission wheel 4° and the second transmission is also in the middle transmission = also (not shown). Although the center is not centered in the center) The first face 66 of the second face drive wheel and the second face of the intermediate drive wheel (not shown) are not necessarily the upper bucket, the wheel..., the shape and the drive wheel arrangement, but the intermediate drive is on the side (not shown) _ Aligning the second transmission of the first transmission wheel (not shown). The invention also includes a plurality of transmission tribs that are placed within each other to provide wheel contact points by a single first transmission wheel. 9D is a top view of the second transmission wheel 46 'shows the second transmission wheel back 144545. Doc • 36· 201103707 The opposite second drive wheel face 58 (not shown). The second drive wheel face 58 includes a second drive wheel tooth face 14A on a portion of the second drive wheel face 58 that is surrounded by the inner toothless region 142 and the outer toothless region 144. The dimensions of the inner toothless region 142, the outer toothless region 144, and the second drive wheel tooth surface 14A may vary depending on the particular application. The second drive tooth pitch 146 is the distance from the first tooth 148 to the second tooth 150 and is a specific distance that can be changed or varied depending on the intended use. Although the toothless region 122, the toothless first face 132, the center toothless second face (not shown), the inner toothless region 142, and the outer toothless region 144 are shown in the figure as not ##, these regions may (4) Combined structure (for example, rib surface) texture surface, wavy self, undulating surface, diagonal strip surface, line surface, fluted surface, sprayed surface, toothed surface, shot blast surface, spline surface , smooth surface, rough surface, pure surface or other surface suitable for allowing friction between surfaces), different orientations or different textured surfaces for engagement with other drive wheel mechanisms or surfaces. In another embodiment, the transmission mechanism may be in a configuration opposite to that of the transmission mechanism of FIG. 9, wherein the outer portions of the first and second transmission wheels are internally toothed and are toothed so as to be toothless with the middle portion and externally The intermediate gear of the tooth is ringing. In another embodiment, the transmission mechanism can be the above embodiment: a hybrid form in which the first transmission wheel is shown in " the second transmission wheel has the opposite configuration. Although the figures show a number of possible alignments for the drive wheel of the present invention (eg, these drive wheels have approximately 1G view overlap), this is merely the 'actual overlap percentage, spacing, size, number of teeth' of the display. The tooth size, tooth position, tooth height, tooth angle and other parameters can vary depending on the application. Doc - 37 · 201103707 0 FIG. 10 is a side view of another embodiment of the present invention in which a plurality of transmission wheels are fixed. The first drive wheel 46 includes a second drive wheel back face 6〇 on the opposite side of the second drive wheel face 58. The second transmission wheel (four) includes a second drive wheel tooth surface 122 on the interior of the moving wheel surface 58. The intermediate drive wheel 44 is positioned in contact with the second drive wheel face 58. Although two intermediate drive wheels 44a and 44b are shown herein, the skilled person will recognize that more or fewer intermediate drive wheels may be employed. Each intermediate drive wheel 44 has an intermediate drive wheel first face 66 and an intermediate drive wheel second face 68, a portion of which may be textured to engage other surfaces (eg, independently rib faces, textured faces, waves) Surface, undulating surface, diagonal stripe surface, line surface, fluted surface, toothed surface, toothed ©, shot blast surface, spline surface, smooth surface, rough surface, adhesive surface or other suitable surface The frictional surface therebetween is disposed opposite the intermediate drive wheel 44 and includes a first drive wheel back surface (not shown) that is positioned opposite the first drive wheel surface 74. The first drive wheel face 74 includes a first drive wheel tooth face 132 that is aligned with the intermediate drive wheel first face 66 of the intermediate drive wheel. The transmission wheel overlap of the present invention provides a transmission ratio of the transmission wheel to decelerate or increase the speed. It can be 疋1:1, 1:2, 1:3, 1:4, 1:5, 1:6, 1:7,1 :8, 1:9 ' 1:10 ' 1:11 ' 1:12, 1:13, 1:14, 1:15, 1:16, 1:17, 1. 18 > 1. 19 > 1:20 » 1 :>20 1 >20:1 > 19:1 > 18:1 ? 17:1 5 16. 1 , 15:1 , 14:1 ' 13:1 ' 12:1 , 11:1 , ι〇 :ι , 9:1 , 8:1 , 7:1 , 6:1 , 5:1 , 4:1 , 3:1 , 2:1 , 0. 5:1, 0. 25:1, 0. 3:1, 〇·1:1, 0. 05:1,0. 25:0. 0, as well as other variants and their incremental ratios. Ability 144545. Doc -38· 201103707 The two members will recognize that multiple combinations of multiple sets of drive wheels can be used to achieve the transmission ratio of (4) 1 and in combination with the multiple sets of drive wheels of the present invention to translate well into the desired gear ratio. The combination of the incisor and drive wheel layout allows for torque and speed on the day of the input and output values. For example, the combination of the 8-tooth drive wheel 160a, the sinister/stooth drive wheel 162a, 162b, and the shirt significantly reduces the gear ratio. For example, the final:kin ratio between the '8-tooth drive wheel 160& and the 40-tooth drive wheel center is 125:1. This is achieved by the 8-tooth drive wheel (10) & transmission (10) 胄 40-tooth drive wheel 162b' 8-tooth drive wheel to drive the ratio of 5:1 drive 40* drive wheel 162e, 8-tooth drive wheel to drive ratio $ (10) The combination of the 4 tooth drive wheels 162a, so that the input of 1 rpm is converted to 0. 8 rpm output (this conversion can also be implemented to convert the input of 〇8 ah to the output of 100 rpm). For example, the 4-cylinder drive wheel 162 is coupled to the 8-tooth drive wheel 16G to form a 1:5 gear ratio such that the drive wheel (10) rotates at a speed of 5 rpm depending on the primary drive wheel 162. 2 () tooth drive wheel 164 and 24 tooth drive wheel 166 are connected to the 4 tooth main drive wheel 162, respectively forming a spear 1. 1. The gear ratio of 66, so that according to the driving gear 1 62, the rotational speed is 1 ΓΡΐ η 'the rotational speed of the transmission wheel 164 and the transmission wheel 166 are respectively 2 (four) and 丨. 66 Pm, for example, the 8-tooth main drive wheel 16〇 is connected to the tooth drive wheel M2 to form 5. The transmission ratio of 1 is 5 rpm according to the rotation speed of the main transmission wheel 16, and the rotation speed of the transmission wheel 162 is 1 rpm. The 8-tooth drive wheel 160 is also coupled to the 20 ω drive wheel 164 at a gear ratio of 2_5:1, and the 20-tooth drive wheel 164 is coupled to the 24-tooth drive wheel 166 to form a 1. 2:1 gear ratio. Furthermore, the invention includes the ability to withstand a large amount of stress, strain, and torque 144545. Doc -39- 201103707 And the friction transmission mechanism, the tooth profile disperses the force or load; the moving mechanism utilizes the spline-type transmission wheel configuration, in which the surface area of the first day. The invention includes that the first__= wheel on at least a portion of the spline includes the relative number of revolutions extending to the surface of the (four) wheel which can be increased by L: two: the wheel is curved according to the allowable transmission wheel, and the transmission wheels are curved; Wheel engagement. In some cases, the positioning of the drive wheels relative to each other is::. The wheel is engaged with the second transmission wheel. However, if it is necessary to include a conical tooth shape, the shape of the ❹ 需要 需要 ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' And the shape of the drive wheel. Further, the teeth or slots of the drive wheel of the present invention can have any size, bevel angle '(four), etc.) For example, the groove between the teeth can be curved, right angled or at any angle. Similarly, the pitch and height of the teeth can be any desired size. For example, 'the top of the tooth can be shaped like a 'rounded, angled, smooth, etc.'. In addition, the present invention ensures engagement at different angles, and the ring gear and pinion are merely examples. This combination allows the configuration of the drive train or transmission to be in place. Between ~90 degrees angle. The present invention provides a drive wheel deceleration or speed increase in an embodiment and provides increased strength with a spline drive wheel transmission of another embodiment. Figure 11A shows a top view of another embodiment of the transmission mechanism of the present invention. The drive wheel 20G includes a first drive wheel face having two or more teeth 2〇4 adapted to cause friction between the surfaces. The first transmission wheel surface 2〇2 has two or more 144545 disposed around the outside of the first transmission wheel surface 202. Doc . 40- 201103707 The tooth 204 also has a central flank 206 in the first drive wheel face 2〇2. The central flank 206 also includes an opening 208 that is sized and shaped to vary depending on the particular application. The first drive wheel face 2〇2 includes a tooth face 2 1〇 and a tooth height 212. The tooth width 214 is the width of the tooth surface 210 and is the distance from the first tooth height 212 to the second tooth height 212 and may vary depending on the particular application. The flank 210 and the tooth height 212 provide a frictional contact area when in contact with the other side (not shown). The tooth width 214 and the tooth height 212 may vary depending on the particular application and the magnitude of the force applied to the drive wheel 2〇〇. 11B and UC show a side view of the transmission mechanism shown in Fig. 11A. The first drive wheel face 202 has two or more teeth 204 adapted to create friction between the surfaces. The first drive wheel face 2〇2 has two or more teeth 204 disposed around the exterior of the first drive wheel face 202, and also has a central toothless face in the first drive wheel face 202 (not shown) ). The first drive wheel face 202 includes a tooth face 21 〇 and a tooth height 212. The tooth width 214 is the width of the tooth surface 2ι and the distance between the second tooth 212 and the second tooth height 212 and may vary depending on the particular application. The flank 21 〇 and the tooth height 212 provide a frictional contact area when in contact with another surface (not shown). The tooth width 214 and the tooth height 212 may vary depending on the particular application and the particular amount of force applied to the drive wheel 200. In some embodiments (4) the width 214 can be larger, while in other embodiments, the tooth width 24 can be small. Additionally, the first tooth height 212 and the drive wheel base 218 are combined in thickness and encased in the drive wheel thickness 216. The gear pitch line 22() and the tooth surface 21〇 form a gear, i.e., a taper angle 222. The gear section taper angle 222 is typically the angle of the tooth surface 21〇. If the first tooth height 212 is not perpendicular to the gear pitch line 22, the angle may be different. In some cases, the first tooth height 212 is not perpendicular to the gear segment 144545. Doc -41 · 201103707 Line 220, which produces an extension from the first. Although the flank 21 齿 and the teeth take on other shapes, including concave surfaces, other surface treatment structures. A drive wheel face 202 to a second drive wheel face 202 are shown as being straight, but can be raised, textured and known to the skilled person. Figure UD shows a perspective view of the drive train. The system includes a first drive wheel 200 and a first drive wheel 226, each drive wheel having two or more transmissions on a first side and a first set of two on the drive wheel base 218 extending around the periphery of the drive wheel One or more teeth 254. This embodiment can also be applied to the inside of the drive wheel or to the outside of the drive wheel and the outside of the drive wheel base 218 to extend at the periphery. In addition, the pitch (distance between the teeth) and the pitch or inclination (position relative to the base) can be modified and changed depending on the application. In an embodiment, the 'first drive wheel' can be mounted around the drill bit such that the two or more teeth 204 on the drive wheel base 218 remove one turn of material as the bit drills through the material. In another embodiment the first drive wheel 2 can be used as a lock washer. Bolts can be inserted into the first drive wheel 200, the two or more teeth acting to lock the ring to the bolt or nut. In embodiments where two or more teeth 254 are included, the teeth can be used to allow removal of the nut and lock washer, if desired. The tool can contact the two or more teeth 254 to twist and remove the nut. Figure ΠE shows a top view of another embodiment of the transmission mechanism of the present invention in combination with a ratchet insert phase (similar to a spline insert). The sleeve joint 26 is designed to be fitted into a drive wheel cavity (not shown) in a manner similar to conventional spline transmissions. The sleeve joint portion 26 includes a first transmission wheel 200 and a second transmission wheel 144545. Doc-42-201103707 226, each drive wheel has two or more dents on the first side and a second set of two or more on the drive wheel base 218 extending around the periphery of the drive wheel Teeth 254. A pawl (not shown) can engage the two or more teeth 2〇4 and/or the second set of two or more teeth 254 on the first side to select the sleeve joint % The turn. The sleeve joint % includes a cylindrical recess 30 for receiving the spring 38 and the ball 32. The cylindrical recess 3, the magazine 38 and the ball 32 are constructed such that the ball-part and the spring are held in a pair of cylindrical grooves, while the spring 38 biases the other portion of the ball 32 to the cylindrical groove. Outside of 30. This allows the ball 32 to be substantially pushed into the cylindrical recess 3 when the sleeve (not shown) is being clamped onto the sleeve joint 26, but still pressurizing the sleeve (not shown), The sleeve (not shown) remains attached to the sleeve joint 26. To remove the sleeve (not shown), the user only has to pull the sleeve (not shown) from the front side. The ball 32 is allowed to rotate, whereby the user can more easily complete the operation of the sleeve. Of course, its $arrangement can also be used to hold a sleeve (not shown) to the sleeve joint 26, and the illustrated embodiment should not be considered to have any limitation. Figure 11F shows a top view of another embodiment of the transmission mechanism of the present invention in combination with a ratchet insert (similar to a spline insert). The sleeve joint 26 is designed to be loaded into a drive wheel cavity (not shown) in a manner similar to conventional spline transmissions. The sleeve joint 26 includes a first drive wheel 2〇〇 and a second drive wheel 226, each drive wheel having two or more teeth on a first side and having a drive wheel base 218 extending around the periphery of the drive wheel Two or more sets of two or more teeth 254a and 254b. Two or more sets of two or more of the second set of two or more teeth 254 & and 254b may be along 144,545. Doc •43· 201103707 in different directions' thus allowing the sleeve joint 26 to be rotated clockwise and counterclockwise. A pawl (not shown) can engage the two or more teeth 204 on the first side and/or two or more sets of two or more of the two or more teeth 254a and 254b, To select the steering of the sleeve joint %. The sleeve joint 26 includes a cylindrical recess 3G for receiving the munition and the ball η. The cylindrical recess 30, the elastic cyanine 38 and the ball 32 are constructed such that a portion of the ball 32 and the spring 38 are held in a pair of cylindrical recesses and the spring biases another portion of the ball n to the cylindrical recess 30 outer. This allows the ball 32 to be substantially pushed into the cylindrical groove buckle when the sleeve (not shown) is being detached onto the sleeve joint 26, but still pressurizing the sleeve (not shown), The sleeve is thus not shown attached to the sleeve joint 26. To remove the sleeve (not shown), the user only has to pull the sleeve (not shown) from the front side 28. The ball 32 is Allowing for rotation, whereby the user can more easily complete the movement of the sleeve. Of course, other arrangements can also be used to hold the sleeve (not shown) to the sleeve joint %, the embodiment shown should not Figure 12A and Figure i2B are schematic views of a double-sided drive wheel transmission system. The system includes a first drive wheel 200, an intermediate drive wheel 224 and a second drive wheel 6. The drive wheel face 202 includes from the first The drive wheel base 202 extends out of the drive wheel base 218 and includes two or two upper teeth 204 adapted to create friction between the surfaces. The two or more chords are from the drive wheel base 218 The outer edge extends to the eccentric surface (not shown). The positioning cylinder 22 8 is centered and toothless (To + Hill, ... Videos ®U not Wo) and a first transmission wheel and 2〇〇 intermediate drive wheel 224 is aligned with the intermediate transmission wheel 224 includes a second intermediate transmission wheel opposite to the first surface 232 - 144,545. Doc 201103707 Intermediate Drive Wheel Face 230 ^ The positioning cylinder 228 is located in the center flank (not shown) and aligns the first drive wheel 2 〇〇 with the inter-car drive wheel 224. The positioning cylinder 228 may be the first transmission wheel 2, and one of the members of the intermediate transmission wheel 224 may be in a separate or combined form. The first intermediate transmission wheel surface 230 includes a first intermediate transmission wheel base 234 extending from the first intermediate transmission wheel surface 23〇, and two or more intermediate intermediate teeth 2 3 adapted to cause friction between the surfaces. 6. The two or more first intermediate teeth 236 extend from the outer edge of the first intermediate drive wheel base 234 to a central flank (not shown). The positioning cylinder 228 is located in the center toothless surface (not shown) and the two or more teeth 204 of the first transmission wheel 200 and the two or more of the intermediate transmission wheels 224 An intermediate tooth 6. The second intermediate drive wheel face 232 includes a second intermediate drive wheel base 238 extending from the second intermediate drive wheel face 232 and two or more second intermediate teeth 24A adapted to create friction between the surfaces. The two or more second intermediate teeth 24〇 extend from the outer edge of the second intermediate transmission wheel base 238 to the center flank (not shown). A second positioning cylinder 242 is located in the central flank (not shown) and aligns the two or more second intermediate teeth 240 and the second transmission wheel 226. The second drive wheel 226 includes a second drive wheel face 244 having a second drive wheel base 246 extending from the second drive wheel face 244, and further comprising two or more suitable for creating friction between the surfaces Second tooth 248. The two or more second teeth 248 extend from the outer edge of the second transmission wheel base to the center toothless surface (the second positioning cylinder 242 is not shown in the middle tooth surface (not shown) A and the two or two 144545 of the second transmission wheel 226. Doc • 45 - 201103707 More than two second teeth 248 and two or more of the intermediate gears 224. The second transmission wheel 226 includes a second back surface 25A, and the first transmission wheel 200 includes a first back surface 252. In addition, the double-sided transmission wheel transmission system can be held together by a magnetic system having a plurality of magnets disposed between the first transmission wheel 200 and the intermediate transmission wheel 224 and the intermediate transmission wheel 224 and the second transmission wheel 226 between. In some embodiments, the first drive wheel and/or the second drive wheel 226 can be molded into a housing of a larger device such as a ratchet, wrench, stick, or the like. The drive wheel 224 can be arranged to contact the first drive wheel 200 or the second drive wheel 226 by a magnetic selection mechanism or a mechanical selection mechanism such as a pawl, a magnetic selection mechanism or a wedge selection mechanism. For example, a magnetic selection mechanism can be used to move the intermediate drive wheel 224 to contact the first transmission wheel eagle and/or the second transmission wheel coffee. A wedge type selection mechanism can be used to move the intermediate drive wheel 22 to contact the first drive wheel 200 and/or the second drive wheel 226. Figure 2Ctt shows & double-sided drive wheel disposed in the ratchet wrench (7) of the present invention A cross-sectional view of the drive train. The ratchet wrench 10 includes a body (not shown) that includes a head portion 14 and a handle portion (not shown). The handle portion extends from the head portion 14. The handle portion (not shown) is configured to allow the ratchet wrench 1G to hold (4). The portion 14 includes a transmission mechanism (as will be described in more detail below) that is now formed by the transmission wheel cavity sleeve engagement portion 26 formed between the body back side portion 2G and the front surface 28 from the body back side portion 2 The housing opening 7〇 in the crucible extends 'for engaging a sleeve (not shown) or an extension body (not shown). The sleeve A portion 26 includes a cylindrical recess (not shown) for receiving the bullet not shown ^ 144545. Doc •46· 201103707 =2. ® cylindrical groove (not shown) 'The magazine (not shown) and the ball are so configured, a part of the ball 32 and a spring (not shown) are held in the cylindrical groove (not shown), A spring (not shown) deflects the other portion of the ball 32 out of the cylindrical recess (not shown). This allows the ball 32 to be substantially pushed into the cylindrical recess (not shown) when the sleeve (not shown) is being attached to the J-sleeve squaring portion 26' but still apply to the sleeve joint 26 Pressure. To remove the sleeve (not shown), the user only needs to pull the sleeve (not shown). The ball 32 is allowed to rotate, thereby making it easier for the user to complete the sleeve movement. Of course, other configurations can be employed to retain the sleeve (not shown) to the sleeve joint 26. The system includes a first-drive wheel, an intermediate drive wheel m, and a second drive wheel 226. The drive wheel face 202 includes two or more teeth 204 adapted to create friction between the surfaces. The two or more teeth 2〇4 extend from the outer edge to the center, without a flank (not shown). The positioning cylinder (2) is located in the center toothless surface (not shown) and aligns the first transmission wheel 200 with the intermediate transmission wheel 224. The intermediate drive wheel 224 includes a first intermediate drive wheel face 230 on the opposite side of the second intermediate drive wheel face 232. The position cylinder 228 is located in the center flank (not shown) and aligns the first transmission wheel with the intermediate transmission wheel 224. The positioning cylinder 28 can be a single or combined member of the first drive wheel 2, the ten drive wheels 224. The first intermediate drive wheel face 230 includes two or more first intermediate teeth 236 that are adapted to create friction between the surfaces. The two or more first-intermediate teeth 236 extend from the outer edge of the base of the first intermediate drive wheel toward a center flank (not shown). The positioning cylinder 228 is located in the center toothless® (not shown) and will be the first transmission wheel 200 144545. Doc • 47- 201103707 Two or more teeth 204, and two or more first t teeth 236 of the intermediate transmission wheel 224 are aligned. The second intermediate drive wheel face 232 includes two or more second intermediates 24 适合 suitable for creating a friction between the surfaces. The two or more, intermediate teeth 240 extend from the outer edge of the base of the second intermediate drive wheel toward a center flank (not shown). The second positioning cylinder is located in the central prosthetic surface (not shown) and the two or more second intermediate teeth 240 and the second transmission wheel 226 are aligned. The second drive wheel 226 includes a second drive wheel face (4) having two or more second teeth 248 adapted to allow friction between the surfaces. The one or more of the first: teeth 248 extend from the outer edge of the base of the second drive wheel toward a center flank (not shown). The second positioning cylinder (4) is located in the center toothless surface (not shown) and two or more second teeth 248 of the second transmission wheel 226 and two or more of the intermediate transmission wheels 224 The two intermediate teeth 240 are aligned. The first transmission wheel 200' intermediate drive wheel and the second drive wheel are coupled to each other to control the rotation of the sleeve engaging portion 26 relative to the ratchet wrench 1''. As can be seen from the figure, the movement of the intermediate transmission wheel 224 to the first transmission wheel will cause the intermediate transmission wheel 224 to merge with the first transmission wheel 2G (four). The two or more teeth 2〇4 are joined to the two or more first intermediate teeth 236 that extend toward the center of the periphery of the drive wheel. When rotated in one direction (A), the two or more teeth 2〇4 pass over two or more first intermediate teeth 236 to allow unrestricted movement. Conversely, when the direction of rotation is in the opposite direction (B), the two or more teeth 144545. Doc -48- 201103707 2〇4 contacts two or more first-intermediate teeth 236 to limit rotation. The handle portion (not shown) of the ratchet wrench 1 随后 can then be freely rotated in the opposite direction (B) and the rotation in the other direction (4) causes the component to lock and prevent it from rotating to force the second transmission wheel 226 Drive the sleeve joint to rotate. Conversely, movement of the intermediate drive wheel 224 to the second drive wheel 226 will cause the intermediate drive wheel 22 (four) to mate with the drive wheel 226. The two or more second intermediate teeth 240 engage two or more second teeth 248 extending from the gear face toward the center. When rotated in one direction (B), the two or more teeth 204 pass over two or more first intermediate teeth 236 to allow for unrestricted movement. Conversely, when the direction of rotation is in the opposite direction (A), the two or more teeth 2〇4 contact the two or more first intermediate teeth 236 to limit rotation. The handle portion (not shown) of the ratchet wrench 1 can then be freely rotated in the opposite direction (A), while the rotation in the other direction causes the component to lock and prevent rotation, forcing the second transmission wheel 226 to engage the sleeve. The portion 26 rotates. Fig. 13A is a schematic perspective view showing a transmission system. 13B to 13E are views of the transmission system. The system includes a first drive wheel 2〇〇 and a second drive wheel 226. The first drive wheel face 202 includes a drive wheel base 218 that extends from the first drive wheel face 202 and has two or more teeth 204 that are adapted to create friction between the surfaces. The two or more teeth 204 extend from the outer edge of the drive wheel base 218 to a second set of two or more teeth 254. In some embodiments, the two or more teeth 204 and the second set of two or more teeth 254 are configured to face opposite sides 144545. Doc -49· 201103707 extends to the second set of two or more teeth 2 5 4 to the central flank 256 provided in the central openings 258 and 260. The second drive wheel 226 includes a second drive wheel face 244 having a first drive wheel base 246 that extends from the second drive wheel face 226 and has two or more of the first to accommodate friction between the surfaces. Two teeth 248. The two or more second teeth 248 extend from the outer edge of the second drive wheel base 246 to a second set of two or more second teeth 262. Two or more second teeth 248 extend to the positioning cylinder 228, and the locating cylinder extends outwardly from the plane of the base of the second transmission wheel to align with the central opening 258 of the first transmission wheel And aligning two or more teeth of the first transmission wheel 2〇〇 and two or more first intermediate teeth of the intermediate movement wheel 224 with the second: aligning two or more The teeth 204 and two or two are combined with the first:: and/or the second group of two or more teeth (5). Two or more second teeth 262. The first transmission wheel 200 and the second transmission wheel 226 are out, the cookware is right & the earthen 匕栝 transmission wheel surface (the tooth surface is not shown (the width is not shown and is from the first tooth height (no tooth width ( Not yet) is the distance (not shown), and it can be changed to the second tooth-opposing, depending on the purpose of use, "contacting opposite tooth flanks (not shown) and tooth height (not shown) provides a frictional contact area at the pick (not shown). The face (not shown) and the out can be made according to the specific use) and the tooth height (not shown in the stack size. The specific tooth height (not shown) of the force of a tooth (not shown) is not included in the thickness of the base of the thickness wheel of the transmission wheel) which is usually the angle of the tooth surface (not shown). If the tooth has a cone angle (not shown in I44545. Doc -50. The angle of the 201103707 is perpendicular to the pitch line (not shown) to create an overhang from the first drive wheel face (not shown) to the second drive wheel face (not shown), which may be different. Figures 14A, 14B and 14C are views of the transmission system of Figure 13, wherein the drive wheels are separate in Figure 14A, aligned in Figure 14B, and engaged in Figure 14C. 15A and 15B are views of the transmission system of Fig. 14 adapted to be incorporated into a coupling element of a larger device. Figure 15A is a view of the first drive wheel 2'' in the head 264 of the first side 266 of the device aligned with the second drive wheel 226 located within the head 268 of the other half of the device. The first transmission wheel 2〇〇 includes two or more teeth 2〇4 and a central opening 258 for the two or more teeth 2〇4 and the two or The positioning cylinders 22 8 in which the two or more first teeth 248 are aligned are aligned. Figure 15B is a cross-sectional view of the first drive wheel 200 located within the head 264 of the first side 266 of the device aligned with the second drive wheel 226 located within the head 268 of the other half of the device. The first transmission wheel 2 includes two or more teeth 204 and a central opening (not shown) for receiving the two or more teeth 2〇4 and the two A positioning cylinder in which two or more second teeth 248 are aligned (a view of the transmission system of the present invention shown in FIG. 16A is shown in the cue stick. The crowbar 272 includes the first connected by the transmission wheel coupling member 278 Rod 274 and second rod 276. Drive wheel coupling assembly 278 includes a first drive wheel (not shown) located within head 264 of first rod 274 and a second drive wheel located within head 268 of second rod 276 (not shown). The first transmission wheel (not shown) includes two or two 144545. Doc 51 201103707 More than one tooth (not shown) 'They are aligned with two or more second teeth (not shown)' for holding the stick in place and allowing the drive wheel to connect the assembly 2^ Under the stress, it will not fail. Moreover, the present invention provides a set of transmission mechanisms (e.g., gears, textures, grooves, etc.) that are coupled to another set of transmission mechanisms. Teeth, wherein the transmissions are distributed over a substantial portion of the surface to provide an extended contact area to provide greater strength. The set of transmission mechanisms can be configured to form a two-piece transmission wheel connection joint, which can itself be a - part of a larger device, wherein the two-piece transmission wheel connection joint can be separated or rotated, thereby The function of the folding joint is that when rotating and resetting, the moving wheel set is realigned and a strong joint is formed again. This embodiment can be used in any device that requires both strength and flexibility, such as crowbars, hammers, legs, ladders, brackets, and the like. In some embodiments, the magnet body is broken to pull and separate the two-piece transmission wheel connection joint, so that the magnetic attraction structure can be sucked to separate the two-piece transmission wheel connection joint, and the two-piece transmission wheel is connected. The joint can be moved in place' and the magnetic pull-in structure can be separated to provide a cheerful inactive structure. Similarly, a 'two-piece drive wheel joint can include multiple heads' to allow for a variety of different configurations, including multiple derivative configurations resulting from a set of overlapping joints or one joint along a single member, or a combination thereof in another In an embodiment, the ratchet mechanism includes a ratchet, which is composed of a first transmission wheel, a second transmission wheel, a ratchet housing and an intermediate transmission wheel, and the intermediate movement wheel has a 144545 on the opposite side of the second intermediate transmission wheel connected to the handle. . Doc •52· 201103707 Intermediate drive tread. The wheel includes a first transmission wheel end surface separated by a rod and a second transmission wheel side. The first drive wheel end surface includes a drive wheel base having two or more on a first face on the opposite side of the rear face of the drive wheel. The second drive wheel end surface also includes a second drive wheel base having two or more first teeth on a second side opposite the back side of the first drive wheel. The first and second drive wheel end surfaces separated by the rod are positioned such that two or more teeth on the first face face two or more teeth on the second face. The intermediate transmission wheel includes a first intermediate gear surface on the opposite side of the intermediate transmission wheel surface connected to the handle. The 1 wheel housing is adapted to fit the ratchet and the intermediate transmission wheel together such that the first intermediate transmission wheel surface is located No. - Opposite to the end surface of the drive wheel 'opposite to the surface of the second transmission wheel end surface. The intermediate ratchet housing is adapted to mount the ratchet and the intermediate transmission wheel such that the first intermediate transmission wheel surface is located opposite the end surface of the first transmission wheel, and the second transmission wheel end surface is located at the second intermediate transmission wheel surface. opposite. The intermediate drive wheel includes a first intermediate drive tread that engages two or more teeth on the first drive wheel face. In contrast, the FbH dedicated tread of the S2 does not contact two or more teeth that are moved into the second transmission wheel face in the ratchet housing. Similarly, the opposite operation can be performed by moving the intermediate drive wheel such that the first drive wheel face is moved into the ratchet housing. This configuration ensures that the second intermediate transmission wheel surface contacts the two or more teeth of the second transmission wheel surface. The transmission wheel surface does not contact the first intermediate transmission wheel 144545. Doc •53· 201103707 Face to engage two or more teeth that are moved into the ratchet housing. The ratchet housing includes a joint tip and is adapted to mount the ratchet and intermediate drive wheel ' such that the second intermediate drive wheel face opposite the opposite of the first intermediate drive wheel face at the end surface of the first drive wheel engages the engagement tip. The first intermediate drive rim does not engage the first drive wheel end surface located within the ratchet housing. The figure is an exploded view of another embodiment of the present invention which is specifically a wrench 41A. The wrench 410 includes a body 412 having a head portion 4Ma and a handle portion 416 coupled to the second head portion 41. The handle portion 416 is configured to be grasped by a user of the wrench 41A and may include a textured region and/or a non-textured region 418. The heads 414a and 414b include bolt holes 420a, 42b for receiving bolts, nuts or other fasteners. One or both of the heads 414 can be coupled to the body 412 by a hinge 422 having a hinge housing 424 and a hinge body opening 426 that mates with the hinge head housing 428 and the hinge head opening 43A. The alignment of the hinge 422 allows for mounting with the hinge pin 432 to provide for swinging and movement about the hinge 422. The head 414a includes a drive wheel cavity 434 for receiving a drive mechanism 436 between the body back side 438 and the front face 44 of the ratchet wrench 410. The front side 440 includes a bolt hole 420a and a bolt hole 442 extending through the front surface 44A to allow access to the bolt hole 420a. The transmission mechanism includes a first drive wheel 446 and a second drive wheel 448, respectively having bolt holes 442 and 450 extending through the front face 440 to allow access to the bolt holes 420a. When the punctual tool is used, the screw can be threaded from the outside of the bolt hole 420a into the inside of the bolt hole 420a. The drive wheel cavity 434 includes a first drive wheel 446 having a first drive wheel face 452 that includes two or more first drive gear teeth 454, said 144545. Doc •54· 201103707 A drive tooth extends from the periphery of the first drive wheel surface 452 across the first drive wheel face toward the center, suitable for allowing friction between the surfaces. The second drive wheel 448 includes a second drive wheel face 456 having two or more second drive gear teeth 458 that pass the second drive wheel from the periphery of the second drive wheel face 456 The face extends toward the center to engage the two or more first drive gear teeth 454 of the first drive wheel face 452 to allow friction between the surfaces. When rotated in one direction, the two or more first drive gear teeth 454 pass the two or more second drive gear teeth 458 to allow for unrestricted rotation. Conversely, when the direction of rotation is in the opposite direction, the two or more first drive gear teeth 454 contact the two or more second drive gear teeth 458 to limit rotation. Two or more first drive gear teeth 454 and two or more second drive gear teeth 458 extend from the circumference across the drive wheel face toward the center, which allows for a larger contact area between each pair of teeth. Large, thus increasing the strength. Limit ring 460 and spacer 462 are used to position transmission mechanism 436 between body back side portion 438 and front face 440 of ratchet wrench 41A. Figure 17B includes an exploded view of the head 414a of a bolt hole 420a for receiving a bolt, nut or other fastener, the head 414 & including a hinge head housing 428 and a hinge head aperture 430. The head 41 includes a drive wheel cavity 434 for receiving a transmission mechanism 436 between the body back side 438 and the front face 44 of the ratchet wrench 410. The front face 440 includes a bolt hole 42〇a and a threaded hole 442 that passes through the front face 44〇 to allow access to the bolt hole 420a. The transmission mechanism includes a first transmission wheel 446 and a second transmission wheel 448, each of the transmission wheels having a bolt hole groove 442 and 144545 extending through the front surface 440 to allow access to the bolt hole 42A. Doc •55· 201103707 450. When the alignment βφ, τ i can cause the bolt to enter the inside of the screw hole 4 2 0 a from the outside of the bolt hole 420a. The drive wheel cavity 434 is fitted with a first drive wheel 446' having a first drive wheel face 452' including the first or second drive gear teeth 454. The first drive gear teeth are from the first drive gear face 452. The peripheral traverse of the first-drive wheel face extends inwardly to allow friction between the surfaces. The second transmission wheel 448 includes a transmission wheel surface 456 having two or more second transmission gear teeth 458 'the second transmission gear teeth traversing the second transmission wheel from the periphery of the second transmission wheel surface 456 The face extends toward the center to engage the two or more first drive teeth 454 of the first drive face 452, thereby allowing friction between the surfaces. When rotated in one direction, the two or more first drive gear teeth 454 pass the two or more second = gear teeth 458 to allow for unrestricted rotation. The city, when the direction of rotation 疋...the opposite direction, the two or more first drive gear teeth 454 contact the two or more second drive gear teeth... to limit the rotation. The ratchet wrench 4_the handle portion 416 can then be freely rotated in the opposite direction and the rotation in the other direction causes the component to lock and prevent the rotation 'to force the second transmission wheel 448 to rotate. Two or more first drive gear teeth 454 and two or more second drive gear teeth 458 extend from the circumference across the drive wheel face toward the center, which allows for a larger contact area between each pair of teeth. Large, thus increasing the strength. Limit ring 460 and tab 462 are used to position transmission mechanism 436 between the body back side 438 and front face 440 of the ratchet wrench. Although the W is pure hand, the skilled person in the field will be clear 144545. Doc-56-201103707 It is recognized that the present invention can employ a closed wrench and a slot wrench. The body M2 can include heads 414a and 414b coupled to the handle portion 416 that are rotated 〇-90 degrees relative to the head portions 414a and/or 414b. Moreover, the handle portion 416 can be curved, curved, angled, angled, raised, lowered, or tapered relative to the one or both heads 414a and 414b. Another embodiment of the invention includes a bolt hole 420a having a splined inner surface. The head 414a includes a bolt hole 420a for receiving a bolt, nut or other fastener. The head 414a includes a hinge head housing 428 and a hinge head aperture 430. The head 414a includes a drive wheel cavity 434 for receiving a drive mechanism 位于μ between the body back side 438 and the front face 44〇 of the ratchet wrench 410. The front face 440 includes a bolt hole 42〇a and a bolt hole 442 extending through the front face to allow access to the bolt hole 42〇a. The transmission mechanism includes a first transmission wheel 446 and a first transmission wheel 448, respectively, and the female transmission wheels have bolt holes 442 and 45, respectively, extending through the front surface to allow access to the bolt holes 420a. When aligned, the tool can cause the thread to enter the bolt hole 42 from the outside of the bolt hole 42A. The bolt 3 may include a splined inner surface having a key L distributed around the bolt hole. The keyway distributed around the bolt hole 42Ga allows the spline transmission or sleeve to be inserted into the bolt hole 42〇a such that the inner surface of the spline contacts the keyway of the spline transmission or sleeve f. The inner surface of the spline that surrounds the bolt hole allows the hole to accommodate a variety of different nuts and bolts, such as square, hexagonal, 〇 65% round hex, plum, heart (10) round plum, grooved , Torx star and more. The figure and circle 18B is an exploded isometric view of the transmission arrangement of Figure 17, which is suitable for use in the coupling elements of large devices. The coupling element can be used in 144545. Doc •57- 201103707 Multiple devices include 'cameras, poles, columns, fixtures, ladders, scaffolding, display stands, outriggers, tables, etc. The figure appears to include an exploded isometric left side view of the coupling element 470, the coupling element including a first body 472 that mates with the second body 474. The first body π includes a first connection end 476 adjacent to the first head 478. The first head (7) includes a drive wheel cavity located in the first head 478. The first drive wheel is positioned between the body back side 486 and the front face for receiving the magazine, washer or washer 482 (possibly) and the first drive wheel. The first "transmission wheel" includes a first transmission wheel back surface 49〇 on the opposite side of the first transmission wheel surface 492, and the first transmission wheel surface includes two or more first transmission gear teeth examples, from the first transmission wheel The periphery of face 492 extends transversely across the drive wheel face and is adapted to allow friction between the surfaces. A first alignment aperture 496 is provided in the center of the first drive wheel 484 for assisting in the alignment of the first drive wheel 484. The second body 474 includes a second connecting end cap adjacent the second head 5〇〇. The second head 500 includes a separation groove 5〇2 that extends from the outside into at least a portion of the second head 5'. There are a plurality of separation holes 5〇4 in the separation tank 5〇2 which extend from the separation grooves 5〇2 through the second head 500. The separation spring/washer 5〇6 is located in the separation groove 5〇2. The release mechanism 508 is provided as a contact spring/gasket 5〇6 and a plurality of separation pins 510 pass through the plurality of separation holes 5〇4 and are fixed by the limit clamp 512. Figure 18B is an exploded isometric right side view including coupling element 47A including a first body 472 that mates with a second body 474. The first body 472 includes a first connection end 476 that is adjacent to the first head 478. The first head 478 includes a drive wheel cavity (not shown) located within the first head 478 for receiving a spring, a spacer, or Washer (possibly) and first drive wheel 484, first drive wheel I44545. Doc -58· 201103707 is positioned on the main body back side 486 and the front side (not shown in the opposite side of the first transmission wheel surface (not shown) 490, the first transmission wheel surface includes two or two/face 494, From the first transmission wheel surface (not shown, the first transmission gear teeth extend toward the center and are adapted to allow a circumferential wheel surface extension between the surfaces - a first alignment hole is provided.) (Used by (4) assisting the first transmission wheel 484 The second body 474 includes a second head 5 that is adjacent to the second connection end of the second head state, and includes a second transmission wheel having a first transmission wheel surface 518. The drive wheel face includes two or more second drive gear teeth 520 extending from the periphery of the second drive wheel face 518 across the drive wheel face toward the center for interaction with the first drive wheel face (not shown) Two or more first drive gear teeth 494 are sprayed to allow friction between the surfaces. Alignment rod 522 extends from second body 474 and extends through second head (10) and second drive wheel face 518 ' thereby aligning the coupling elements. A plurality of separation holes 504 are provided in the closing of the rod 522 to provide a first transmission wheel 484 a mechanism that exits the second drive wheel 516. Separate the magazine/washer (not shown) position; the knife is rolled away (not shown). The separation mechanism 5〇8 is placed in contact with the spring/washer (not shown) to Applying a bias voltage, a plurality of separation pins 51 are passed through the plurality of separation holes 504 and are fixed by the limit clamps 512. During operation, the crowbars are from the first connection end 476 near the first head 478 and close to the second The second connecting end 498 of the portion 5 延伸 extends. The transmission wheel cavity 480 is located between the first head 478 and the second head 500, and the transmission wheel working chamber is provided with a spring biased by the first head 478. 482. The first transmission 144545. Doc • 59- 201103707 Wheel 484 is aligned by alignment rod 522 and abuts spring 482. The first transmission wheel 484 also abuts against the second transmission wheel 5 16 ' such that two or more first transmission gear teeth 494 are engaged with two or more second transmission gear teeth 520 to limit the number Free movement of a drive wheel 484 or a second drive wheel 516. The second head portion 5 00 includes a separation groove 502 in which is disposed a separation mechanism 508 that contacts the spring/gasket 506 and includes a plurality of separation pins that pass through the plurality of separation holes 5〇4 and are fixed by the limit clamp 512 5丨〇. When the separating mechanism 508 is pressed, the spring/washer 5〇6 is depressed, and the separating pin 51〇 is moved inwardly through the plurality of separating holes 5〇4 and against the first transmission wheel 484, thereby compressing the spring and the gasket. Or washer 482 separates first drive wheel 484 from second drive wheel 516. Figure 19 is an exploded isometric view of the transmission of Figure 18 adapted to assemble a multiplying gear set. The coupling elements can be used in a variety of devices, including tow bars, door access devices, moving panels, jacks, cranes, and the like. The coupling element 524 includes a first body 526 and a second body 528 that mate with the sides of the hinge mount 530. The first body 526 includes a first connection end 532 adjacent the first head 534. The first head 534 includes a first head. The gear cavity 536' in the 534 is for receiving the first gear (four) 8 connected to the first gear portion 54, the comet gear in k, but may be other types of transmission wheels. The splicing =0 includes a first hinged joint side-hinged seat side 544 separated by a ring gear hole 546. The first-seat side (4) is adapted to be the first-head... (4) the ring-shaped gear hole 546 accommodates the ring gear. In this embodiment, the crown gear hole 546 is polygonal, but can have any desired shape. The socket 530 includes a bottom 550 having a support for the splicing seat member 144545. The flat bottom of doc 201103707. Furthermore, the ring gear bore 546 and the ring gear 548 can be constructed from a single piece and integrated into a single device. The size, shape, material position, etc. may vary depending on the specific use. Ring gear 548 includes an inner bore 552 having a plurality of inner ring teeth 554 thereon. The outer wall 556 is configured to be ported in the ring gear bore 546. A set of gears 558 are positioned in the inner bore 552 to contact the inner ring teeth 554 and the first gear portion 54A. The set of gears 558 can include 1 ' 2' 3, 4' 5' 6' 7' 8, 9' 1 or more gears having different or approximate pitches. The set of gears 558 is coupled to the second body 528 and the second body includes a second connection end 56A adjacent the second head 562. Applying a force to the first connecting end 532 during operation causes the first gear portion 540 to move, and as the first gear portion moves, the set of gears 558 interacting therewith causes the first body 528 including the first coupling 560 to move. The amount of force required can vary depending on the particular gear and gear ratio used in the present invention. Figure 20A is an exploded isometric view of a gear transmission having a plurality of jaws and a single knob and a multiplying gear set. The opening mechanism 570 can also be used in a variety of devices, including crowbars, door access devices, movable rafts, and jack cranes. The opening mechanism 570 includes a first body 572 and a second body 574 that match the sides. The first body 572 includes a gear cavity 576 located within the first body 572 for receiving a set of gears 578, which in this embodiment includes a drive gear 580 and a pair of rocker gears 582a and 582b. The function of the drive gears 580 is to drive the pair of rocker gears 582a, 582b, which can be accomplished with similar gear ratios using similar rocker gears 582a and 582b, or with different gear ratios with gears having different gear ratios. The set of gears 558 can include 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 or more 144,545. Doc •61 - 201103707 Gears with different or similar pitches. Rocker gears 582 & 582 and 582b (which may also be of unitary construction) receive shaft 58 drills and 584b. The jaws 586a and 586b are coupled to the shafts 584a and 584b' such that the rotation of the drive gear 580 drives the jaw gears 582a and 582b to rotate, which in turn drives the jaws 586Ma 586be to the desired amount of force. The particular gear and gear ratios that may be used in accordance with the present invention. And change. The drive gear 580, the rocker gears 5823 and 582b, the shafts 58 and 58, and the jaws 586a and 586b are movably mounted between the first body 572 and the second body 574. The drive gear 580 includes an insert hole 588 that is configured to receive a ratchet insert 590. The ratchet insert 9.5 is secured in the insert hole 588 of the drive gear 580. The ratchet handle 592 has a first connection end 594 adjacent the first head 596. The first head 596 has a securing aperture 598 for securing the ratchet handle 592 to the second body 574. The separating mechanism 6 is disposed in contact with a spring/washer (not shown) to achieve a bias, and the plurality of separating pins 6〇2 pass through the plurality of separating holes 6〇4 and are fixed by a stopper (not shown). The first gear lever 606 extends from the first head 596 for alignment and against the spring 482. The first head also includes a second gear (not shown) that cooperates with the ratchet insert 590 to limit free movement. Figure 20B is an isometric perspective view of the transmission having a plurality of jaws and a single knob and a multiplication gear, set. The opening mechanism 570 can also be used in a plurality of devices 'including crowbars, door access devices, physical seesaws, jacks, cranes, and the like. The opening mechanism 570 includes a first body 572 and a second body 574 that match the sides. The first body 572 includes a geared two chamber (not shown) located within the first body 572 for receiving a set of gears (not shown) and a pair of jaw gears (not shown). The rotation of the ratchet handle 592 drives the jaws "to and". The amount of force required varies depending on the particular gear and gear ratio of the present invention. Thorny 144545. Doc -62· 201103707 : The handle 592 includes near the head-head 596. The first - the state of the connection. 2 The head has a separating mechanism _ for moving the ratchet handle without moving the movable plates 586a and 586b. An exploded isometric view of the 疋 gear mechanism has a multiplicative gear set that is used as a transmission extension. The drive extension structure can be used in a variety of configurations, including ratchets, sleeves, transmissions, drive trains, and the like. The drive extension structure 6H) includes a mating first body 612 and a second body 61. The first body 612 includes a first connection end 616 proximate the first gear portion 618. The first head 612 includes a gear cavity (four) located within the first head 612 for receiving: a first connection end 616 connected to the first gear portion 618 by a rod 622, here a planetary gear, but may be other Type of drive wheel. The first main body 6U includes a ring gear hole 624 for receiving the ring gear_, which in this embodiment is polygonal, but may have other desired shapes. Ring gear bore 624 and ring gear 626 can be constructed from a single piece and integrated into a single device. Size, shape 'Materials, location, etc. can vary depending on the application. Ring gear 626 includes an inner bore 628 with inner ring teeth 630 thereon. The outer wall 632 is configured to be secured within the ring gear bore 624. A set of gears 634 are positioned in the inner bore 628 to contact the inner ring gear 630 and the first gear portion 618. The set of gears 634 can include ι, 2, 3, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 or more gears having different or similar pitches. The set of gears 634 is coupled to a second body 614 having a second connection end 636 proximate the second body 614. The second connecting end 636 also includes a second connecting hole 638 designed to receive a transmission mechanism (not shown), which may be a sleeve, a ratchet, a wrench, a head, an elongated body 'knife head, 144545. Doc • 63· 201103707 A drill bit and other instruments known in the art, a thumbwheel 64 is also attached to the second body 614 and can be secured by screws 642 and welds (not shown). Rod 622 is coupled to one or more washers M4, biasing mechanism 646, first sliding end piece 648 and second sliding end piece 65A. In operation, the second attachment aperture 638 is loaded into the ratchet. When the ratchet rotates, the lever 622 rotates and causes the set of gears 634 to rotate, and the first gear portion 618 rotates the first connecting end 616. The first connection end 616 can be adapted to mount a ratchet, a wrench, a head, an elongated body, a cutter head, a drill bit, and other instruments known in the art. In another embodiment, the ring gear 626 includes an inner bore 8 with an inner ring tooth (four). The outer 2 632 is configured to be secured within the ring gear bore 624. The set of gears 634 are positioned such that a replaceable connecting gear (not shown) is allowed to be inserted and removed, the connecting gear having a first connecting end 616 through the rod 622 and the first gear portion 618 (four). The interchangeable connecting gear (not shown) can be inserted in a similar manner to the spline-driven wrench and allows different transmission sizes to be changed at the first connection end 616 4/4, 1/2, 3/4, i, etc. ). 22 is an exploded isometric view of the gear transmission including a multiple multiplication gear set as an extension of the transmission. The drive extension structure can be used in a variety of devices 'including ratchets, sleeves, transmissions, drive trains, and the like. The transmission extension structure (4) includes a first body 612 and a second body 614 that include a first gear set (4) and a second gear set _ ' for providing different multi-stage gear ratios. (10) A first connecting end 616 extending through the first-plate hole 648 into one side of the first-gear plate 65A, wherein the first gear portion 618 is disposed on the opposite side of the first tooth: plate (four). The first-portion 616 can be adapted to mount a ratchet, a wrench, a head, an elongated body 'cutter head, a drill bit, and a Beanie 144545 known in the art. Doc -64- 201103707. The first set of gears 634 are disposed about the first gear portion 618 and are lost between the first gear plate 650 and the second gear plate 652. The second gear portion 654 is disposed on the opposite side of the second gear plate 652. In this example it is a planetary gear, but it can be other types of drive wheels. The first head 612 includes a first gear cavity (not shown) and a second gear cavity 656 within the first head 6丨2 for receiving the second gear portion 654 through an opening (not shown). The second set of gears 658 are positioned in the second gear cavity 656 and contact the second gear portion 654. A second set of gears 658 is mounted between the first body 612 and the second body Η*. The second body 614 includes a second connecting end 636 and a second connecting hole 638 that is designed to receive a transmission mechanism (not shown), which may be a sleeve, a ratchet, a wrench, a head, an extension body, a knife Heads, drill bits and other instruments known in the art. These gear sets may include 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 or more gears having different or approximate pitches. The drive extension structure 610 can be secured at one end by a ring 66 并且 and at the other end by a ring 662. In the middle, the second connecting hole 638 is attached to a device. When the second connecting end 636 rotates, the second set of gears 658 rotates and causes the second gear portion 654 to rotate. As the second gear portion 654 rotates, The second gear plate Μ] and the first set of gears 634 rotate to move the first gear portion 618 and the rod 622, the rod I extending through the first plate hole 648 into the first connection end 616. The first connection end 616 can be connected On other devices such as sleeves, ratchets, wrenches, heads, extensions, cutter heads, drill bits and other instruments known in the art. The first gear set 644 and the second gear set M6 control the drive to the input transmission The ratio 'transmission ratio' is, for example, 10:1, 12:1, 15:1, 25:1 '50^, etc. 144545. Doc •65- 201103707 Figures 23A-23D are isometric views of a chain wrench. Fig. 23A is a view of a hinge wrench having a half thickness, and Fig. 23D is a view of a key hand having an entire thickness. The following embodiments may be the entire thickness or half the thickness, but are shown herein in a half thickness manner for illustration. The figure is a view of a curved chain wrench, and Figure 23C is a view of a twisted hinge wrench. Figure 23a is a view of the hinge wrench. The hinge wrench 7A includes a handle 7〇2 that is coupled to the lower hinges 7〇4a_7〇4e and the upper hinge 706. 24A to 24C are isometric views of components of the hinge wrench. Figure 24A is an isometric view of the handle 702 including a handle portion 7A8 and a handle connection end 710. The handle attachment end 71A includes a split button aperture M2 that houses a split button 714 having a spring/gasket 716 and a retaining ring 718. A split spring/washer 716 is positioned in the split button aperture 712 below the split button 714 to apply a bias. The split button aperture 712 includes one or more separation apertures 72 that receive one or more separation pins 722 on the separation button 714. Opposite the split button 714 there is an alignment bar 724 for aiding the alignment of the components. Figure 24B is an isometric view of the lower hinge 7〇4 including a lower hinge receiving end 726 and a lower hinge connecting end 728. The lower hinged end 728 includes a split button aperture 712 that houses a split button 714 having a spring/gasket 716 and a retaining ring 718. A split spring/washer 716 is disposed in the split button aperture 712 for applying a bias under the split button 714. The split button aperture 712 includes one or more separation apertures 720 that receive one or more separation pins 722 on the separation button 714. Opposite the split button 714 is an alignment bar 724 for assisting in the alignment of the components. The lower hinge receiving end 726 includes an aperture (not shown) for receiving the spring/washer 730 and the insert 732. 144545. Doc-66 - 201103707 Figure 24C is an isometric view of the upper hinge 706 'which includes an upper hinge receiving end 734 and an upper hinge connecting end 736. The upper hinge receiving end 734 includes a first through hole 738 for receiving the magazine/washer 730 and the insert 732. The sides of the first inlay 738 are designed to receive and secure the spring/gasket 73 and the insert 732. The insert 732 includes an aperture 740 and an alignment rod aperture 742. The upper hinged end 728 includes a joint 744 for receiving a wrench, sleeve, ratchet, nut, bolt, etc., and may include a limit ball 746 and a limit spring 748 that is inserted into the ball hole 750. 24D is an isometric view of the lower hinge 704 including a lower hinge receiving end 726 and a lower hinge connecting end 728. The lower hinge joint end 728 includes a split button hole (not shown) on the opposite side that accommodates a separate button (not shown) on the opposite side. The split buttonhole (not shown) includes one or more split apertures 72'' that receive one or more split pins (not shown) of the release button (not shown). An alignment rod 724 is provided on the opposite side of the separation button (not shown) for assisting in the alignment of the components. A second inlay 752 is disposed about the alignment rod 723 and includes the one or more separation apertures 72 that receive the one or more separation pins. Figure 24E is an isometric view of the hinge wrench assembly. The hinge wrench 7A includes a handle 702 'which is coupled to the lower hinge 704a, 7 and the upper hinge 7〇6. The handle 702 includes a separate button 714 on the opposite side of the alignment rod 724 for assisting the component. Align and fix. The handle 7〇2 is thus engaged with the lower hinge 7〇牝, i.e., the insert 732 and the spring are disposed between the first insert 738 and a second insert (not shown) around the alignment rod 724. The release button 714 is in contact with the alignment bar 724, thereby pressing the release button 714 to cause the insert 732 to exit the second inlay (not shown) such that the handle 702 can be rotated relative to the lower hinge 7〇4. The release of the release button 714 causes the insert 732 to be positioned again in the first inlay 738 and in the pair 144545. Doc •67- 201103707 The second inlay (not shown) around the quasi-rod 724. The split button 714 can also be depressed to allow the lower hinge 704 to be separated from the handle 702 to remove the wrench. The lower hinge 704a is coupled to the lower hinge 704b. The lower hinge 7〇4a includes a separate button (not shown) on the opposite side of the alignment lever 724 for assisting in the alignment and fixation of the components. The lower hinge 704a cooperates with the lower hinge 7 such that the insert 732 and the spring 730 are disposed between the first through hole (not shown) and the second through hole 752. The release button 714 is in contact with the alignment lever 724, and thus the release button 714 is depressed to cause the insert 732 to move away from the second insertion hole 752 such that the lower hinge 7〇4a is rotatable relative to the lower hinge 704b. The release of the release button (not shown) causes the insert 732 to be positioned again in the first insert (not shown) and in the second insert 752 around the alignment rod. The split button 714 can also be depressed. The upper hinge 〇 4a is separated from the lower (10) , to disassemble the wrench. The lower hinge lion is connected to the upper hinge 706. The lower hinge 7 〇 4b includes a separate button 714 on the opposite side of the alignment rod 724 for the alignment rod To assist in the alignment and fixing of the components. The lower hinges 7〇4b cooperate with the upper hinges , such that the inserts 732 and the magazines 730 are placed in the first insertion holes 738 and the first embedded in the vicinity of the alignment bars 724 Between the holes (not shown), the separation button 714 is in contact with the alignment rod 724, so pressing the separation button m causes the insert 732 to move away from the second insertion hole (not shown), so that the lower hinge is relatively difficult to compare relatively The chain is rotated. The release of the release button 714 causes the block (1) to be again; the t position is in the first hole 738 and the first hole (not shown) around the alignment bar 724. The separation button 714 can also be Press to allow the lower hinge 7 to be separated from the upper chain to disassemble the wrench. The upper chain bag (4) 744' is used to receive the wrench and sleeve Ratchet nut, screw check and the like, may include a vertical stop ball 746.144545. Doc •68· 201103707 In the example, the chain wrench can have a conventional wrench shape, with j being separated by a first end and a second end. The two ends may be independently selected from the box end, the opening, the ratchet wrench, the brake wrench, and the like. The rod may have one or more hinges to allow the wrench to bend and swivel as needed. For example, the rod may have upper and lower jaw keys connected by a hinge. The upper hinge key is included in the opposite (4) separation of the alignment rods, which are used to assist in the alignment and fixation of the components. The upper money chain cooperates with the lower chain, that is, the insert and the spring are broken between the first hole and the second hole around the alignment rod. The release button is in contact with the alignment bar such that pressing the button causes the block to move away from the second hole ' such that the upper hinge is rotatable relative to the lower hinge. The division of the separation button causes the rear block to be positioned again in the first enemy hole and in the second insertion hole around the alignment rod. Another embodiment allows the separation button to be depressed to allow the lower hinge to be separated from the upper hinge to disassemble the wrench. In some embodiments there are 1, 2, 3, 4 or more hinges in a single wrench. Figures 25A-25C are views of a telescoping rod for use with a stick, a support rod, or other instrument described herein. Fig. 25A shows the first rod 76 〇 which can slide into the first guar 762. The length of the telescopic rod can be adjusted according to specific needs and can be manufactured according to different lengths. The first rod 760 includes one or more openings 764 that are secured to locking pins (not shown) in the second receiving rod 762. When the release button 766 is pressed, the locking pin (not shown) can be disengaged and the length can be adjusted. Figure 25B shows a first rod 760 that can be slid into the second receiving rod 762 and has a coupling element 278 on the first rod 76. A device (such as a non-slip bipod, wedge, hammer, hammer, axe, etc.) can be mounted on the first rod 760, the second receiving rod 762, or both. Figure 25C shows the first rod 144545. Doc • 69· 201103707 760, which is square and can slide into a circular second receiving rod 762, but the inventors of the field can adopt this structure or modify it. Fig. 26B and Fig. 26 show a view of the end face drive wheel member with the reversing mechanism. Any of the embodiments given or contemplated by the present invention may include a compound drive wheel set having a face drive wheel set in the second end face drive wheel and a plurality of teeth in opposite directions. For example, Figure (10) is an exploded isometric view of the transmission mechanism showing a multiple end face set with selector switches for selectively engaging end face drive wheels in a particular direction. In Fig. 26A, the first φr soil -, 'the first body (not shown) matches the second body 474. The second body includes a second connecting end that is adjacent to the second head 5〇〇. The second head includes a separation groove 5G2 that is at least a portion from the outside toward the inside. In the separation tank, there are provided one or more sub-two 504a and 504b, and the separation j丨"Λ八仙咕, the two-knife is extended from the second head 邰500 from the aperture separation groove 502. The second head 5 〇〇 _ out" is adapted to receive the second end face drive wheel - two: (four) move: hole (not shown) in the inner hole ^ = 1 face drive wheel side. The first face drive wheel includes two = more than the first drive gear case a, which is from the first drive face (not I:::: more than the first drive) The circumference extends across the transmission wheel surface to the middle, the: = dynamic wheel surface (not shown) produces a friction. The flute - ~, and is suitable to allow the help between the surfaces; the end face, the moving wheel · can include the first - alignment hole, help The first end drive wheel is aligned with him. The second first end 144545. Doc •70· 201103707 The surface drive wheel 484b is loaded into the first material, 隹^ in the alignment hole 496a. The shape of the first alignment hole 496a may be any shape as cherished and the first end drive wheel may be The 484a is fixed to the second sth. However, the first alignment hole may be; the circular, second first-end drive wheel lion passes through the pin (5) or the separation hole 5〇4a and 5 is called the separation pin 5 core, edge and 51 _set. The second first end drive lion also includes a first alignment aperture 496b adapted to receive the positioning cylinder 228. The positioning cylinder 228 positions the first first end drive wheel in the first end drive wheel 48^ and the second head 500. The first end drive wheel 484a and the second first end drive wheel 484b have biasing mechanisms 482a, 48, 482, 482d for the partial [帛) face drive wheel 484 & and the second first end drive wheel The crucible leaves the one or more separation holes 504a and 504b. In some embodiments, the "decent device" can include a reversing mechanism that includes a knob 24 that is at least partially disposed over the one or more separation apertures 5〇4& and 5〇4b. The handle has a set of two pliers members (the inner pliers 2h, 25b and the outer pliers 25C, 25d), each pair being located at the end of the knob 24 and connected by two sections 23a and 23b. The reversing member 22 has a top portion extending through the back side portion 2 of the main body so that the front and rear movable reversing members 22 have two sets of attachment ends 27a and 27b which cooperate with the two sections 23a and 23b of the knob 24. In operation, the reversing mechanism is pressed forward, and the inner jaw members 25a and 25b are moved to engage the disengagement pins 51〇a*51〇b, thereby moving the second first end face transmission wheel 484b away from the main body back side portion 20' to engage Paired drive wheels (not shown). When the second first end drive wheel and the mating drive wheel move in one direction, they interlock and rotate the body, but allow the teeth to move past each other as they move in opposite directions. Reverse 144545. Doc -71. 201103707 The mechanism is pressed backward, and the projecting members 25c and 25d move to engage the split pins 5i〇c and 51〇d' to move the first end face drive wheel 48牦 away from the main body back side 2〇 to engage the mating drive wheel (not shown) Out). When the first end drive wheel and the pair of drive wheels are in the same direction (four), they interlock and rotate the body, but when they move in opposite directions, the teeth are allowed to move across each other. 27A and 27B are gear transmission type press ratchet wrenches 8''. The gear-driven press-fit ratchet wrench 8 of the present invention includes an upper casing 8〇2 and a lower casing 8〇4 which are assembled to form a transmission wheel cavity (10) 6 therebetween. A set of gears 8〇8 is provided in the drive wheel cavity 806. The set of gears 8〇8 may comprise 2'3'4'5'6'7'8'9'10 or more gears 812a, 812b, 8l2c, 8i2d having different or similar pitches and different gear ratios . The set of gears 808 can also include a handle adapter gear 814 and a ratchet adapter gear 816 coupled to the set of gears 8A for coupling the first handle 818a and the drive adapter 820. In one example, the set of gears 8〇8 includes four gears with circumferential teeth. Gear 812a includes a plurality of teeth around the circumference for engaging gear 812c' gear 812b against gear 812a to contact gear 812c. The gear 81 2c has a plurality of teeth that contact the gear 812d. The gear si 2d is coupled to a ratchet adapter gear 816 that receives the drive adapter 820 and can be secured by a screw 822. The first handle 81 8a is coupled to the adapter gear 814. When the first handle 818a and the second handle 818b are pressed together, the first handle 818a rotates the handle fitting gear 814' to rotate the set of gears 808. Accordingly, rotation of the first handle 81 8a causes the gear 812a to transmit the motion to the set of gears 808 and ultimately to the transmission adapter 820 through the set of gears 808. The second handle 818b can be clamped onto the upper housing 802, the lower housing 804, or both. 144545. Doc •72· 201103707 The group of gears 8 0 8 is connected to the island _ _ female disciple two main body 804 or positioned on a lower casing 804, upper casing 8 〇 2 red; Upper housing 8 〇 2, lower housing 804 or both may have a right-handed, negative-handle 818b that provides leverage to rotate first-handle 818a. In operation, the first handle 8 core and the second handle 818b are pressed together at -刼, w. The pick-up gear 814 is rotated to rotate the set of gears 808, which in turn rotates the ratchet adapter gear 816 that houses the drive adapter (10). In addition, the ratchet adapter gear 816 includes an aperture 824 that is shaped to mount the transmission adapter 820. Other embodiments including ratchet adapter gear 816 can include an aperture 824 that is shaped to mount a keyed transmission mechanism, a square cutter head, a polygonal cutter head, and the like (not shown). Figure 27B is a view of a gear-driven press ratchet wrench 800 having a pair of end face drive wheels. The geared compression ratchet wrench 8 of the present invention includes an upper housing 802 and a lower housing 804 that are assembled to form a gear cavity 806 therebetween. A set of gears 8〇8 is provided in the gear cavity 8〇6. The set of teeth 10 or more wheels 808 may include 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 gears 812 &, 81215, 812c, 8 12d having different or the same pitch and different gear ratios. The set of gears 808 can also include a handle adapter gear 814 and a ratchet adapter gear 816 coupled to the set of gears 8A8 for attaching the first handle 818a and the drive adapter 820, respectively. The handle adapter gear 814 can include a set of face gears 826a, wherein the teeth 830 of the face gear set 826a are disposed on the top surface 828 of the handle adapter gear 814 and a plurality of teeth 830 are disposed about the periphery of the handle adapter gear 814. The first handle 8 18 a includes a pair of mating face gears 826b disposed on a bottom surface (not shown) of the face gear insert (not shown), the face gear inserts being disposed in the positioning cylinder 834 144545. Doc - 73 · 201103707 surrounds the teeth of the set of mating face gears 826b. The set of gears 808 includes four gears that are peripherally toothed. The gear 812a is toothed to engage the gear 812c'. The gear 812b is placed on the gear 812a to contact the gear 812c. Gear 812c has a plurality of teeth that contact gear 812d. Gear 812d is coupled to a ratchet adapter gear 816 that receives the drive adapter 82 and can be secured by screws 822. The first handle 818a is coupled to the adapter gear 814. When the first handle 818a and the second handle 81813 are pressed together, the first handle 818a rotates the handle to fit the gear 814, thereby rotating the set of gears 8〇8. Thus, rotation of the first handle 818& causes the gear 812a to transmit the motion to the set of gears 8〇8 and ultimately to the transmission adapter 82 through the set of gears 808. The second handle 81 ribs may be positioned on the upper housing 802, on the lower housing 8〇4, or both. The set of gear wheels 808 are coupled to the second body 8〇4 or to an insert disposed on the lower housing 8〇4, the upper housing 8〇2, or both. The upper housing 8〇2, the lower housing 8〇4 or both may include a second handle 81讣 that provides leverage to rotate the first handle 8183. In operation, the first handle 81 8a and the second handle are held by the cymbal 5 to rotate the adapter gear 814, the adapter gear rotates the set of gear rims, and the set of gears rotates to receive the transmission adapter 820 2 The ratchet adapter gear 816. In addition, the ratchet adapter gear (4) includes a bore 824 that is configured to mount a drive adapter. Other embodiments including the ratchet adapter gear 816 can include a bore 824' that is configured to mount a spline drive, a square cutter , a polygonal cutter head, etc. (not shown). According to the space_condition and the specific use, the set of teeth (4) 8 can be: a kind: the same configuration form (increased gear ratio, reduced gear ratio, strong), for example, a gear configuration can be used to provide the gear ratio M4545. Doc • 74- 201103707 Increase or decrease. Engagement of the gear teeth and gear arrangement can be used to allow for changes in torque and speed between the input and output values. For example, the combination of the 8-tooth gears 8A, 8B, 8C and the 40-toothed gears 4A, 40B, 40C results in a significantly reduced gear ratio. For example, the final gear ratio between the 8-tooth gear 8A and the 4-inch gear 4A is 125:1. This is so realized, it will be 5 . The transmission ratio of i drives the 8-tooth gear 8A of the 40-toothed gear 40B, the 8-tooth gear 8B that drives the 4 _ tooth gear 40C, and the -8-tooth gear 8 that drives the 40-tooth gear 40A (: The input of 100 rpm is converted to an output of 〇8 rpm (conversion can also be achieved by 0. 8 rpm input is converted to 1 rpm output to complete another example including 40-tooth drive gear 4〇a is connected to 8-tooth gear 8A to form a 1:5 gear ratio, ie according to drive gear 4〇A The rotation speed is i 卬 claw, the rotation speed of the tooth gear 8A is 5 rpn ^ 2 〇 · The tooth drive gear 2 〇 A and 24 _ tooth gear 40B mesh with the 40-tooth drive gear 4 〇 A, thereby forming 1:2 and 1:1 The gear ratio of 66, that is, the driving gear 40A rotates at 1 rpm, the gear 2〇a and the gear 4〇B rotate at 2 rpm and 1. 66 rpm. Figure 28A is a view of a transmission type crimping ratchet wrench 8A having a pair of end face drive wheels. The transmission type crimping ratchet wrench 800 of the present invention includes an upper housing 8〇2 and a lower housing 804 which are assembled to form a transmission wheel cavity 806 therebetween, the first handle 81 8a and the second handle The 818b is pressed together to 'rotate the adapter 820. The first handle 818a and the second handle 818b are attached to different portions of the upper casing 8〇2 and/or the lower casing 8〇4, respectively. A set of drive wheels 8〇8 is provided in the drive wheel cavity 806. The description of the set of transmission wheels 808 has been described by way of an embodiment in Figs. 19, 21 and 22. The set of transmission wheels 8〇8 may include 丨, 2, 3, 144545. Doc -75- 201103707 _ , 9, 10 or more gears with different or the same pitch and different gear ratios. The set of transmission wheels can be coupled to the lower casing 8〇4 by a set of end face transmission wheels 826 disposed in the gear cavity 8〇6, the set of end movable wheels and one of the bottom faces of the set of transmission wheels 8〇8 The group end drive wheels (not shown) are mated. The set of drive wheels 8〇8 are connected to the movable adapter Μ. It extends from the upper housing 8G2 and is positioned by the member 836. The set of end face drive wheels 826 cooperate with the set of mating end face drive wheels (not shown) to permit teeth (not shown) of the set of mating end face drive wheels (not shown) to pass over the set when rotated in one direction The teeth 83 on the face drive wheel 826 are locked to each other when rotated in the opposite direction. A direction selection mechanism can be used in this embodiment (e.g., as in Figure 26). A biasing mechanism 838 can be disposed between the set of end face drive wheels 826 and the bottom surface of the lower housing 804 (e.g., as in Figure 18, the button mechanism of Figure 18 can also be incorporated into a different embodiment). In operation, the first handle 818a and the second handle 81 are pressed together to rotate the s-group end face drive wheel 826 and the set of end face drive wheels on the bottom surface of the set of drive wheels 8〇8 (not show). When the set of mating end face drive wheels (not shown) rotates, the set of drive wheels 8〇8 are rotated and again drive the drive adapter 82 that extends from the upper housing 802 to rotate. Figure 28B is a view of a transmission type crimping ratchet wrench 8A having a pair of end face transmission wheels. The transmission type crimp ratchet wrench 800 of the present invention includes an upper housing 802 and a lower housing 804 that are assembled to form a transmission wheel cavity 806 therebetween. The drive wheel cavity 806 also has an alignment rod 838. In operation, the first handle 818a and the second handle 8 8b are pressed together to rotate the transmission adapter 820. The first handle g18a and the second handle 8181 are respectively connected to the upper casing 144545. Doc -76- 201103707 The body 802 and / or the lower part of the body 8 〇 4. A set of transmission wheels 808 is disposed in the drive wheel cavity. The set of drive wheels 8A includes a first end drive wheel 840 having a first set of teeth 842 surrounding the periphery of the first end drive wheel 84 and a set of top surfaces disposed on the first end drive wheel 84A. The first end drive wheel face gear 844. The first end drive wheel 84A further includes a first end face drive wheel alignment. Hole 846. The set of drive wheels 8A includes a second end drive wheel 848 having a set of second end drive wheel face teeth 85A disposed on a bottom surface 852 of the second end drive wheel 848. The second end drive wheel 848 is coupled to the second handle 818b such that movement of the second handle 818b rotates the second end drive wheel 848. In Fig. 28B, the second end face transmission wheel 848 has a pair of shanks 856 which are fitted to the shank holes 85 仏 and 朴 of the second handle 81. The second handle 818b also includes a handle alignment hole 86〇 that receives the alignment rod 83. The transmission adapter 820 is positioned in the transmission wheel cavity 8〇6, that is, by a transmission disposed in the lower housing 9〇4. Adapter post 862. The drive adapter 820 includes adapter teeth 864 that engage a first set of teeth 842 disposed on the periphery of the first end drive wheel (4). When the first end face transmission wheel 84 is rotated, the first set of teeth 842 disposed around the periphery rotates the adapter teeth to rotate the transmission adapter 82'. The second end drive wheel face gear 850 is aligned on the bottom surface 852 of the second end drive wheel 848 with the second end face of the set of first end drive wheel face teeth 84 aligned on the top surface of the first end drive wheel 840 The wheel 848 also includes a second end face drive wheel alignment aperture 8. The alignment rod (4) is loaded into the first end face transmission wheel alignment hole 846 to position the first end face transmission wheel 840 in the transmission wheel cavity 8〇6 such that the set of the first end face transmission wheel face teeth 844 is removed from the transmission wheel The cavity 8〇6 is upwards. Second end drive 144545. Doc -77- 201103707 The wheel 848 is positioned such that the set of second end drive wheel face teeth 850 is aligned with the S H first set drive wheel face gear 844 by aligning the second end drive wheel with the hole 854 and the pair The alignment rods 838 are assembled together. In an alternate embodiment, the second handle 814b includes a second end face gear face tooth 85 〇 for contacting the first face drive wheel 840. Similarly, the second end drive wheel 848 can be circular, elliptical, square, scalloped or any other shape that provides a tooth contact. The description of the set of transmission wheels 8A has been described in an embodiment shown in Figs. 19, 21 and 22. The set of transmission wheels 808 may include 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 or more gears having different or the same pitch and different gear ratios, and may also include teeth thereof. The face gear is embedded in the opposite direction. As in any of the examples given herein, the gear ratio can be changed to any suitable ratio by changing the pitch, size, position, etc. of the gears and/or teeth, for example, the gear ratio can be 1. 5:1, 2. 5:1, 3. 5:1, 4. 5:1, 5. 5:1, 6·5:1, 7. 5:1, 8. 5:1, 9. 5:1, 10. 5:1, 1:1, 2:1, 3:1, 4:1, 5:1, 6:1, 7:1, 8:1, 9:1, 10:1, 11:1, 12: 1, 13:1, 15:1, 20:1, 25:1, 50:1, etc., the ratio can be used in the reverse direction of the transmission ratio, can also be 50:1 and so on. While the drive wheels described in the different embodiments give specific gear types', those skilled in the art will recognize that other types of drive wheels can be employed. For example, a spur gear has a predominantly rolling tooth contact, where /month movement occurs during saliva and separation. The rack and pinion are basically linearly deformed versions of the cylindrical gear. The inner ring gear includes a cylindrical gear with a ringing tooth inside or outside the ring, often used with a spur gear. The inner ring gear can be 144545. Doc • 78- 201103707 to be used in planetary gear construction. The helical gear includes a cylindrical gear having helical teeth. The helical rack gear is linear in shape and is provided with a rotating helical gear. The human gear can have left-handed and right-handed helical teeth. The face gear is a circular disc body that is cut into a circle of teeth. The gear teeth taper toward the center of the tooth. The worm gear teeth are similar to the helical gears except that they envelop the worm when viewed along the worm axis. The double-enveloping mast gear has a radially varying pitch diameter. This increases the number and size of the tooth clipping zones. The spur bevel gear has a tapered cone open y tooth, and the 6 Hz teeth intersect the same tooth shape. Bevel gears are used to transfer motion between the axes where the centerlines intersect. The angle of intersection is usually 90 degrees, but can be as high as 18 degrees. If the mating gears are the same size and the shafts are placed at 9 degrees to each other, they are called equal-diameter bevel gears. The teeth of the bevel gear can also be cut in a curved shape to create a spiral bevel gear, which is smoother and quieter than the straight-cut three-gear. The spiral bevel gear has a helical angle helical tooth. The helical gears (cross-screws) are slanted records with opposite snails (four) that engage in the case of an axis intersection. The sleeve joint may be configured to mount a sleeve having a conventional size (e.g., 1/4' 1/2' 3/4' 11/4' % % 2' % μ, find, 3, etc.). In addition, the sleeve joint can be configured as a spline transmission or face gear. The textured area of the handle can be formed in the handle portion or on the handle portion and constructed of rubber, plastic, metal, polymer <. ^木H Other suitable materials In this article, the term 'sleeve' means traditional. τ得., 死套琦, such as metric sleeve, grading sleeve, long sleeve, short sleeve, set poetry or impact sleeve, etc. The shape is octagonal, dodecagonal, spline, T0rx star, etc. 144545.doc •79· 201103707 ^In this article 'multiple examples can be composed and suitable for use in all types of wrenches such as wrenches or stays Pliers: body wrenches with u-shaped openings, ', clamp the opposite sides of the nut or nut. These wrenches are usually double-ended, the openings have different sizes. The ends are often at an angle of approximately 15 degrees. The longitudinal axis is oriented. This makes it possible to move in the enclosed space by flipping the wrench: large In circumference; ring wrench or socket wrench (double-headed staggered): a body wrench with a closed opening, which closes the screw or The = face of the nut: the notch is usually a hexagonal or dodecagonal opening for a polygonal nut or screw; the dodecagonal opening is mounted to the fastener at up to twice the angle' advantage is that the swing is limited An octagonal wrench is also manufactured for square heads. The female and bolt heads. The ring wrench is usually double-ended and has a staggered handle for better access to the nut or screw. Combination plate sweet or implanted wrench: double-headed tool, one end like a wrench or a wrench Pliers, another _ end _ wrench or (four) wrench, the ends of the two ends are usually suitable for bolts of the same size. Conical nut wrench, pipe wrench or wire wrench: used to clamp the nut at both ends of the pipe. Word wrench and socket wrench Similar, but not completely nested in the nut, it has = small opening, but its width; 1 to allow the wrench to be placed on the tube. This allows the maximum degree of contact with the vertical nut, which is usually softer than being damaged by the wrench; Adjustable wrench/plate is sweet, the end can be adjusted to the wrench. Thus wrench or adjustable wrench: opening with adjustable (usually smooth) jaws; hand; adjustable wrench or pneumatic clamp, old type End adjustable wrench with rear handle and smooth jaws; pipe wrench · end adjustable wrench with self-tightening 2 and hard zigzag jaws, which only grip the soft iron pipe and pipe joints,
扳手，萬能接頭和套筒扳手：安置在螺母或螺栓頭的H 端 144545.doc • 80 - 201103707Wrenches, universal joints and socket wrenches: placed on the H end of the nut or bolt head 144545.doc • 80 - 201103707
上的空心圓柱體，交"5!* IV 6 in J ^ .,、 匕了以包括手柄，但通常與各種驅動工 、、曰用並且它通常具有六角形槽口或十二角形槽口，可 =是短套管型或長套管型的’可以具有嵌人萬向接頭。常 =傳動手柄是··彎折（㈣）手柄，這種手柄也被稱為連 累母扳手或軟頭螺母扳手，常被稱為破拆棒。它是長的 非棘輪棒，破拆棒常被用於自卡死的螺栓和螺母。破拆棒 2額外長度允許施加同樣大小的力來產生明顯大於用標準 度的棘輪扳手所能施加的力。棘輪扳手：包括單向機 構’其允許套筒在無需將其移開螺母和螺栓的情況下轉 動，只是使扳手前後來回移動；快動手柄，搖手柄或速動 螺4刀手柄.用於像螺母起子那樣使用套管；破拆 棒：它是用於套筒扳手的加長手柄，其增加額外力矩以便 擰松牢牢擰死的或卡住的緊固件。轉矩扳手：套筒扳手驅 動=具’其能測量出施加給套筒的轉動力的大小，這可以 用桿或刻度可視表示，或者在超過設定力矩時只是滑動。 扭力，手也被歸類為測量卫具；爪型伽wfQQt)套筒扳 手·-種套筒’設計用於安裝某些與常規套筒一樣的驅動 手柄，但不是圓柱形。兩端都與扳手、套筒扳手或錐形螺 母扳手的兩端形狀-樣。這些套筒被用在不能使用常規套 请的空間有限的場合，它們原則上與扭力扳手連用。扭力 (SaltUS)板手：設計與套筒板手相似，其特點是一個套筒 被Μ固定在手柄上’套筒不像用套筒板手那樣可換，並 且套筒常圍繞手柄旋轉以允許使用者從不同角度接近緊固 件。通常，扭力扳手是雙頭扳手的一部分，其呆扳手頭在 144545.doc 201103707 套靖頭的相反一側。矣贫4ε: Λ t ^ m r r (4^ 5 •兩端具有6面的套筒的 、㈣叫(如螺絲旋棒或T-桿）插入在管中門… 孔中轉動；敲擊/衝擊扳手： h中間的兩個 都有）具有到手柄的閉合端用吊^型和環形板手型 用於拆下大型螺母和螺检， 擊㈣子連用，常被 效。 八中破擊振動對破損鏽漆有 用於具有内孔的螺釘和螺检 板手，其包括:方孔螺手孔::頭用扳手/套筒 .…扳手，(通常) 材製造，用於旋轉設計有丄^的六角線 . ，、角凹槽以接納扳手的螺釘頭或 手或Bristo1花鍵扳手：設計用於内六ί 頭螺釘和螺栓另一種扳手， 月 手/、棱截面類似於方形齒齒輪， 仁規設計，它主要用於小型螺釘。τ⑽星形扳手： 7、角頭螺釘設計’其橫截面類似於星星，常用於汽車行 業、自動化設備和電腦零部件，因為其对扳手星凸，因而 適口用於所有類型的生產線組裝所用的動力工且。帶式扳 手或鏈式扳手：自緊扳手，具有連接到手柄的金屬/ 橡膠的鏈或帶，用於夾持和旋轉光滑的圓柱形物體 ⑼如汽Μ油H)。在自行車修理領域巾，其被稱為纏= =並主要被用於在後輪轂卸下和安裝飛輪盒。示意示出了 e扳手士何允斗使用者抓住不同尺寸的方頭緊固件。管扳 :·早期常見類型的扳手’在緊固件通常具有方頭而不是 六角頭的時代’機械師、工廠工人和農民習慣用其來進行 保養、維修和操作。扳手形狀建議鱷式張口形狀。雙柄锋 144545.doc -82- 201103707 錐扳手，錐扳手：特別薄的扳手，用於調整輪穀上的轴承 内圈。前輪轂大多採用13毫米，後輪敎大多採用15毫米。 輻條扳手或輕條扳鉗：扳手具有用於金屬絲輪輕如自行 輻條的間隙槽和用於調整接管螺母的傳動頭。絲錐板手. 雙柄扳手’詩在攻絲操作（如在螺母上切制陰螺紋）哎精 確擴孔錐中轉動絲錐上的方形驅動件。板牙板手：雙柄板 手’用於旋轉攻絲操作中的板牙(如在螺检上切制陽螺 紋)。桶扳手’也被稱為「開桶扳手」’是常用於開啟大型 «9桶的工具。十字板手：一種用於旋轉輪胎螺帽到汽 車輪子上的套筒扳手。管扳手：一種用於在鉛封時旋擰 (用力轉動）各種管卫具。調音扳手：用於對某些鍵㈣進 行調音的套筒扳手。據油器扳手：一種用於卸下圓柱形遽 油器的扳手，它可以是帶式扳手或套筒。水槽板手：一種 安裝在扭力管-端的自緊扳手，其中橫柄在相對端，用於 擰緊陶竞水槽中的洗面器排水閥的管接頭，這類螺母通常 深置於凹槽t ’其自緊頭可以翻轉以擰松接頭，這種扳手 也被稱為盆槽扳手。打孔扳手或小打孔器：一種鋼架安裝 ,具’其包括在-端的常規扳手和在另—端的尖釘，詩 校直螺栓孔（通常是在匹配兩個管法蘭的情泥下），在美國 常被稱為長柄扳手。高爾夫鞋釘扳手：—種具有兩個銷和 用於鞋釘的間隙丁柄扳手’允許鞋釘插入鞋中和卸下。罩 頭螺母扳手：具有圓形孔和兩個向内突出的銷的扁平板 手’用於接合螺母中的槽，這種螺母用在自行車上，將前 叉插軸承固定至車架頂梁。消防栓扳手（軟管接頭）：軟管 144545.doc •83· 201103707 接頭具有包括凸銷的螺紋箍環。扳手手柄的末端具有弧形 彎曲部分用於接合銷。消防栓扳手（閥門操作件）：這種五 角（五面）型套筒扳手，避免了使用用於凸起的六角形狀， 使得閥門不會受到損壞，其中相對兩面不平行。非法開啟 消防栓幾乎是不可能的，這是因為想要開啟的人沒有適當 的工具》 除了機械的方向選擇機構和分離機構外，本發明也採用 磁體機構來選擇方向、選擇齒輪、接合或分離一個或多個 齒輪。很多永磁體可被用於本發明，例如稀土磁體、陶瓷 磁體、鋁鎳鈷（Alnico)磁體，它們可以是剛性的、半剛性 的和柔性的磁體。柔性磁體通過將柔性材料如氯丁二烯橡 膠乙烯、腈、尼龍或塑膠與磁性材料如磁性鐵屑摻雜製 成’它們將用於本發明。 用於如上所述用途的其它例子是稀土磁體，包括鉉鐵 (NdFeB)和釤鈷（SmC〇)類磁體。在每個類別中存在多個 級’它們具有各種各樣的性能和應用要求。稀土磁體可 燒結和粘結形式得到。 陶究磁體是燒結的永久磁體，由鋇鐵氧體(祕私〇3)sub 或錫鐵氧體構成，其中η是鐵氧體數量的 數也稱為各向異性六角鐵氧體，這類磁體有用是因為 =的耐去磁性和成本低廉°儘管陶竞磁體往往硬而脆 且而要特殊加n但這些磁體可以用在 的磁性保持機構中。各向異性等級在製造中被定= 义須在特定方向被磁化。陶£磁體也可以是各向同性的 144545.doc •84- 201103707 :成本更低而通常更實用。陶究磁體可 合’可以被預封以形成以用於本發^ % 柔性磁體是由這樣的材料構成的㈣ 並且與磁性材㈣合。柔性賴以低成本給 供了獨一無二所期望的性能組合•柔性的且結人磁=!： 物的材料優點是它們可以被料、扭曲、捲曲、模且誠 和以其它方式機械加工成幾乎任 、二 丁位”办狀而沒有磁場損 在常工作情況下，期望使用柔性磁體，這是因為盆 無需塗覆、_心、容易加卫、容易搬運、可以與具有言、 磁能量的磁性材料複合β 同 較昂貴的磁體材料如稀土金屬磁體可以被塗覆到柔性底 ㈣料如塑膠、尼龍和聚丙稀上’並將具極好的磁強度和 柔m卜’柔性磁體可以製造得很薄，例如厚度為ι/ΐ8 英寸或更薄。 柔性磁體也可以通過適合各種環境的帖合劑接附在本發 明的磁性保持機構上。用於粘結柔性磁體的粘合劑類型將 取決於具體用途，例如粘合劑可以是壓敏型。磁體可以層 壓有例如壓敏粘合劑。本發明所用的粘合劑對本領域技術 人員來說是已知的》 銘鎳結磁體主要有鋁鎳鈷合金構成並且特點是優良的溫 度穩定性'高剩餘磁通密度和相對高的能量。鋁錄鈷磁體 通過鑄造或燒結製造。鑄造磁體可以按照非常高的規格製 造並且可以具有非常特定的形狀。燒結的鋁鎳鈷磁體的磁 性比鑄造磁鐵略微低一些’但是具有更高的機械特性。 U4545.doc -S5- 201103707 議磁體非常耐腐钱。儘管銘錦錯磁體容易被去磁， 但該問題可以利用簡單的操作說明來克服。銘錦録磁體的 優點是溫度對其磁性的影塑小。 另外，本發明可以㈣針和逆時針方向使p確切說， 卡爪可被用於通過選擇旋柄移動卡爪以接合齒輪和限制在 相反方向的轉動的來選擇順時針轉動或逆時針轉動。在其 它實施例中，卡爪可姑田认八祕 用於刀離一個齒輪組以限制運動。 也可使用磁體代替卡爪來接合一組齒輪或分離齒輪或齒輪 ^另外’磁體和卡爪可轉聯合使㈣為冗余系統或作 為接合機構。在另外—此香 二貫鈀例中齒輪齒圍繞齒輪邊緣設 置並且卡爪被選擇性地接合到齒上。 本發明提供用於傳遞轉矩的傳動輪組，其包括：且有至 少部分有織構的上傳動輪面的上傳動輪；至少-個雙面中 間傳動輪，每個中門推如μ a ± 輪第-,Γ括至少部分有織構的中間齒 /、至少部分有織構的十間傳動輪第二面相反 側，该中間傳動輪第-面設置成喃合所述至少部分 二上傳動輪面；下傳動輪，包括至少部分有織構 輪面，其設置成接合所述至少部分有紋理的 =面：便將轉矩從上傳動輪傳遞到下傳動：。傳動輪 的上傳動輪面、所述至;;分;;且;^少部分有織構 "述至少部分有織構 部分有織構的下傳動輪面均可以獨立地包：:：述至少 面、階梯面、織構面、波浪狀面、起伏面=面、肋棱 ^ ®斜紋面、線紋 I44545.doc • S6 · 201103707 面、槽紋面、嚙合形面、帶齒面、噴丸面、光滑面、粗糙 面、枯性面或是其它適合允許表面之間產生摩擦的表面。 傳動輪組可以包括至少一個雙面中間傳動輪，其包括丄， 2，3，4，5，ό，7，8，9，10個或更多個的齒輪，所述一 個或多個雙面中間齒輪包括第一組一個或多個中間傳動 輪，其堆置在第二組一個或多個雙面中間傳動輪上。傳動 輪組可以設置在棘輪 '套筒扳手、聯接元件、直角連接件 或相似裝置中。齒輪組能可操作地設置在汽車、摩托車、 公車、卡車、列車、飛機、舟艇、船舶、水運工具、自行 車、手推車、高爾夫推車、台車、娛樂馬車、變速器、連 柃、傳動箱、差速器、超速傳動裝置、傳動軸、透平、風 磨、皮帶輪、絞車、裝具、機械手、鑽、錯、建築設備、 起重機械、壓縮機、天車、磨床、捲揚機、手錶、影印 機、拴系工具、用於工具的〇_9〇度彎角連接機構、和其它 具有齒輪的部件。 儘管已經參照示範實施例描述了本發明，但本文中的描 述不會對本發明構成限制。在參照說明書的情況下，示範 實施例的各種修改和組合以及本發明的其它實施例對本領 /支術人員來說疋顯然的。因此’後附的權利要求書打算 包含任何這樣的修改或實施例。 ^ α田〜到說明書所述的任何實施例都可以用本發明的 4何方法叹備、試劑或組成來實施，反之亦然。另外， 本發㈣組成可以被用於實現本發明方法。 〗將a理解的是，本文所述的具體實施例通過舉例示 144545.doc -87- 201103707 出，而不會限制本發明。本發明的主要特徵可以在不脫離 本發明範圍的情況下用於各實施例。本領域技術人員將會 <識到或通過常規的實驗手段能夠確定本文所述具體工序 的許多等同。這樣的等同被認為在本發明範圍内並被權利 要求所涵蓋。 說明書中提到的所有出版物和專利巾請指示了本發明所 /y及項域的技術人員的技術水準。所有出版物和專利申請 按以下程度通過引用被納人本文，即就像每篇出版物或專 利申請都被明確並獨立地指明要引用納入。 田用°° 」在權利要求書和/或說明書中與術語「包 括」連用時，疋指「單個」’但也與「-個或多個」、「至 二個」、「一個或多於一個」一致。在權利要求書中的用 "口或者j疋指「和/或」，除非明確指明只表示兩 者相互排他，儘管公開内容支援只表示兩者和「和兩 的疋義。在整個本申請中，用語「大約」被用於說明這1 ^ ^包括裝置和用來測定所述值的方法的誤差的固有 支化，或者存在於研究物件中的變化。 形：說St權利要求書所用，用語「包括」(及其任何 :式「如其早複數)、「具有」（及其任何形式，如其 )包含」（及其任何形式，例如其單複數）或者「人 有」其任何形式，如其單複數)是 包含性—的戋二門放弋 的，沒有排_加的、未說明的元件或方法步^開放式 本文所用的用語「或其組合^ Μ㈣ 所有排列和組合。例如，「 之則所列項的 A B、C或其組合」是要包括 144545.doc • 88 · 201103707 以下當中的至少一個：A，B，C，AB，AC，BC，ABC。 如果在特定的上下文中順序是重要的，則還包括BA、 CA、CB、CBA、BCA、ACB、BAC 或 CAB。接著這個例 子，明確包含包括一項或多項重複的組合，例如BB，The upper hollow cylinder, intersected with "5!* IV 6 in J ^ .," to include the handle, but usually with various drivers, and it usually has a hexagonal notch or a dodecagonal notch. , can be = short sleeve type or long sleeve type 'can have embedded universal joint. Often = the drive handle is a · (b) (b) handle, also known as a ties wrench or a soft nut wrench, often referred to as a tamper bar. It is a long non-ratchet bar that is often used for self-locking bolts and nuts. The extra length of the tamper bar 2 allows the same amount of force to be applied to produce a force that is significantly greater than the ratchet wrench used with the standard. Ratchet wrench: includes a one-way mechanism that allows the sleeve to rotate without removing the nut and bolt, just to move the wrench back and forth; quick-action handle, rocker handle or quick-acting screw 4 knife handle. For image The sleeve is used like a nut driver; the break bar: it is an extended handle for the socket wrench that adds extra torque to loosen the fastener that is firmly screwed or stuck. Torque Wrench: Socket Wrench Drive = It can measure the amount of rotational force applied to the sleeve, which can be visually represented by a rod or scale, or simply slipped when the set torque is exceeded. Torque, the hand is also classified as a measuring aid; the claw-type gamma wfQQt) sleeve wrench--the sleeve' is designed to mount some of the same drive handles as conventional sleeves, but not cylindrical. Both ends are shaped like the ends of a wrench, socket wrench or tapered nut wrench. These sleeves are used where space where conventional sets cannot be used is limited, and they are in principle used with torque wrenches. Torsal (SltUS) wrench: Designed similar to a sleeve wrench, it features a sleeve that is clamped to the handle. The sleeve is not interchangeable as a sleeve wrench, and the sleeve often rotates around the handle to allow The user approaches the fastener from different angles. Usually, the torque wrench is part of a double-ended wrench with the wrench head on the opposite side of the 144545.doc 201103707 set of Jingtou.矣 poor 4ε: Λ t ^ mrr (4^ 5 • The sleeve with 6 sides at both ends, (4) called (such as a screw or T-bar) inserted in the tube door... Rotating in the hole; tapping / impact wrench : h in the middle of both) has a closed end to the handle with a hanging type and an annular plate hand for removing large nuts and thread checks, hitting (four) sub-use, often effective. Eight-story vibrating vibration for broken rust paint is used for screws and threaded wrenches with internal holes, including: square hole screw hand hole:: head wrench/sleeve....wrench, (usual) material manufacturing, for The rotating design has a hexagonal wire 丄^, a corner groove to receive the wrench's screw head or hand or a Bristo1 spline wrench: designed for the inner six-head screw and bolt another wrench, the moon hand / rib section is similar Square tooth gear, the design of the benmeter, it is mainly used for small screws. τ(10) star wrench: 7. The design of the angle head screw's cross-section is similar to that of the stars. It is commonly used in the automotive industry, automation equipment and computer parts. Because it is a star-shaped wrench, it is suitable for the power of all types of production line assembly. And work. Belt wrench or chain wrench: Self-tightening wrench with metal/rubber chain or strap attached to the handle for holding and rotating a smooth cylindrical object (9) such as automotive oil H). In the field of bicycle repair, it is called wrap = = and is mainly used to remove and install the flywheel box in the rear hub. It is schematically shown that the e-wrench allows the user to grasp the square-head fasteners of different sizes. Pipe wrenches: • Early common types of wrenches. In the era when fasteners usually had square ends instead of hexagons, mechanics, factory workers, and farmers used to use them for maintenance, repair, and operation. The shape of the wrench suggests a crocodile mouth shape. Double-handle 144545.doc -82- 201103707 Tapered wrench, taper wrench: Specially thin wrench for adjusting the inner ring of the bearing on the wheel valley. The front hub is mostly 13 mm and the rear rim is mostly 15 mm. Spoke wrench or light bar wrench: The wrench has a clearance groove for the wire wheel to be light as a self spoke and a drive head for adjusting the socket nut. Tap wrench. Double-handle wrench 'Poetry in the tapping operation (such as cutting the female thread on the nut) 哎 Exactly the square drive on the rotating tap in the reaming cone. Die wrench: Double handle The hand is used to rotate the die in the tapping operation (such as cutting the male thread on the thread check). The barrel wrench 'also known as the 'open barrel wrench' is a tool commonly used to open large «9 barrels. Cross wrench: A socket wrench used to rotate a tire nut onto a steam wheel. Pipe wrench: A type of pipe guard used to screw (force) when sealing. Tuning wrench: A socket wrench used to tune certain keys (4). Oiler wrench: A wrench used to remove a cylindrical oiler, which can be a band wrench or sleeve. Sink wrench: A self-tightening wrench mounted on the torsion tube end, where the cross shank is at the opposite end for tightening the fitting of the washer drain valve in the Tao Jing sink. This type of nut is usually placed deep in the groove t ' The self-tightening head can be turned over to loosen the joint, which is also known as a basin wrench. Punch wrench or small punch: A steel frame mount with a conventional wrench at the end and a spike at the other end. The poem is straightened to the bolt hole (usually under the condition of matching two pipe flanges) ), often referred to in the United States as a long handle wrench. Golf Stud Wrench: A gap shank wrench with two pins and for studs allows the stud to be inserted into the shoe and removed. Hood nut wrench: A flat plate hand having a circular hole and two inwardly projecting pins is used to engage a slot in the nut that is used on the bicycle to secure the fork pin bearing to the frame top beam. Fire hydrant wrench (hose fitting): Hose 144545.doc •83· 201103707 The joint has a threaded hoop including a lug. The end of the wrench handle has an arcuate curved portion for engaging the pin. Fire hydrant wrench (valve operating part): This five-point (five-sided) socket wrench avoids the use of a hexagonal shape for the projection so that the valve is not damaged, and the opposite sides are not parallel. It is almost impossible to open the fire hydrant illegally because the person who wants to open does not have the proper tool. In addition to the mechanical direction selection mechanism and the separation mechanism, the present invention also uses a magnet mechanism to select the direction, select the gear, engage or separate. One or more gears. Many permanent magnets can be used in the present invention, such as rare earth magnets, ceramic magnets, Alnico magnets, which can be rigid, semi-rigid, and flexible magnets. Flexible magnets are made by doping a flexible material such as chloroprene rubber, nitrile, nylon or plastic with magnetic materials such as magnetic iron filings' which will be used in the present invention. Other examples for use as described above are rare earth magnets, including neodymium iron (NdFeB) and samarium cobalt (SmC) type magnets. There are multiple levels in each category' they have a wide variety of performance and application requirements. Rare earth magnets are available in sintered and bonded form. The ceramics are sintered permanent magnets composed of barium ferrite or tin ferrite, where n is the number of ferrites, also called anisotropic hexagonal ferrite. Magnets are useful because of their resistance to demagnetization and low cost. Although the ceramics are often hard and brittle and require special addition, these magnets can be used in magnetic retention mechanisms. The anisotropy level is determined in manufacturing = the sense must be magnetized in a particular direction. The magnet can also be isotropic 144545.doc •84- 201103707: lower cost and usually more practical. The ceramic magnet can be pre-sealed to form for use in the present invention. The flexible magnet is composed of such a material (4) and is combined with the magnetic material (four). Flexibility provides a unique combination of performance at a low cost. • Flexible and magnetically fused!!: The material advantage of materials is that they can be materialized, twisted, crimped, molded and otherwise machined into almost any "Two-bit" operation without magnetic field loss in the case of normal work, it is desirable to use flexible magnets, because the basin does not need to be coated, _ heart, easy to add, easy to handle, and magnetic materials with magnetic and magnetic energy Composite β with more expensive magnet materials such as rare earth metal magnets can be applied to flexible bottom (four) materials such as plastic, nylon and polypropylene 'and will have excellent magnetic strength and soft m' flexible magnet can be made very thin For example, the thickness is ι / ΐ 8 inches or less. Flexible magnets can also be attached to the magnetic holding mechanism of the present invention by a suitable agent for various environments. The type of adhesive used to bond the flexible magnet will depend on the specific use. For example, the adhesive may be pressure sensitive. The magnet may be laminated with, for example, a pressure sensitive adhesive. The adhesive used in the present invention is known to those skilled in the art. The magnet is mainly composed of Alnico and is characterized by excellent temperature stability 'high residual flux density and relatively high energy. The aluminum-cobalt magnet is manufactured by casting or sintering. The cast magnet can be manufactured to very high specifications and can have Very specific shape. The magnetism of the sintered AlNiCo magnet is slightly lower than that of the cast magnet 'but has higher mechanical properties. U4545.doc -S5- 201103707 The magnet is very resistant to corrosion. Although the Mingjin wrong magnet is easy to go Magnetic, but the problem can be overcome with a simple operating instructions. The advantage of the Mingjin recording magnet is that the temperature is small for its magnetic shape. In addition, the invention can (4) pin and counterclockwise direction to make it clear that the claw can be For selecting the clockwise or counterclockwise rotation by moving the jaws by selecting the knob to engage the gears and limiting the rotation in the opposite direction. In other embodiments, the jaws can be used to remove a gear from the tool. Group to limit movement. It is also possible to use a magnet instead of a claw to engage a set of gears or to separate gears or gears. ^Other 'magnets and jaws can be combined to make (4) A redundant system or as an engagement mechanism. In addition, the gear teeth are disposed around the edge of the gear and the jaws are selectively engaged to the teeth. The present invention provides a transmission wheel set for transmitting torque. The utility model comprises: an upper transmission wheel having at least partially textured upper transmission treads; at least one double-sided intermediate transmission wheel, each middle door being pushed like μ a ± wheel first - including at least partially textured intermediate teeth / The opposite side of the second side of the ten transmission wheels at least partially textured, the first surface of the intermediate transmission wheel is disposed to mate the at least part of the upper transmission wheel surface; and the lower transmission wheel includes at least a portion of the textured tread. Arranging to engage the at least partially textured = surface: transferring torque from the upper transmission wheel to the lower transmission: the upper transmission tread of the transmission wheel, the to; the minute; and; "The lower drive wheel surface with at least part of the textured part can be independently wrapped::: at least face, step face, textured face, wavy face, undulating face = face, rib edge ^ ® twill Face, line I44545.doc • S6 · 201103707 Face, flute , Shaped engaging surface, toothed surface, shot peening the surface, smooth surface, rough surface, dry facial or other suitable surface friction generated between the surfaces allows. The drive wheel set may comprise at least one double-sided intermediate drive wheel comprising 丄, 2, 3, 4, 5, ό, 7, 8, 9, 10 or more gears, the one or more double sided The intermediate gear includes a first set of one or more intermediate drive wheels stacked on a second set of one or more double-sided intermediate drive wheels. The drive wheel set can be placed in a ratchet 'sleeve wrench, coupling element, right angle connector or similar. The gear set can be operatively set in cars, motorcycles, buses, trucks, trains, airplanes, boats, ships, watercraft, bicycles, trolleys, golf carts, trolleys, amusement carriages, transmissions, flails, gearboxes, poor Speed, overdrive, drive shaft, turbine, wind mill, pulley, winch, tool, robot, drill, wrong, construction equipment, lifting machinery, compressor, crane, grinding machine, winch, watch, photocopying Machines, tethering tools, 〇9〇 angle joints for tools, and other geared components. Although the present invention has been described with reference to the exemplary embodiments, the description herein is not intended to limit the invention. Various modifications and combinations of the exemplary embodiments, as well as other embodiments of the invention, are apparent to those skilled in the art. Accordingly, the appended claims are intended to cover any such modifications or embodiments. Any of the embodiments described in the specification can be practiced with the sigh, reagent or composition of the invention, and vice versa. Additionally, the present (4) composition can be used to practice the methods of the present invention. It will be understood that a specific embodiment described herein is by way of example 144545.doc-87-201103707 without limiting the invention. The main features of the present invention can be applied to the embodiments without departing from the scope of the invention. Those skilled in the art will recognize, or by routine experimentation, the many equivalents of the specific procedures described herein. Such equivalents are considered to be within the scope of the invention and are covered by the claims. All publications and patent documents mentioned in the specification are indicative of the technical skill of those skilled in the invention. All publications and patent applications are hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety to the extent that the disclosure of each of the publications or patent applications is expressly and independently indicated. "field" is used in conjunction with the term "including" in the claims and/or the specification, and means "single" but also "- or more", "to two", "one or more" One is consistent. In the claims, "and/or" means "and/or" unless expressly stated to mean that the two are mutually exclusive, even though the disclosure support only indicates the meaning of both and "and two." The term "about" is used to describe the inherent branching of the error, including the device and the method used to determine the value, or the variation present in the study object. Shape: As used in the St claim, the term "includes" (and any of its terms "if it is plural", "has" (and any form thereof, as it is included) (and any form thereof, such as its singular and plural) or "People have" any form, such as singular and plural, is inclusive - 戋 门 , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , Arrange and combine. For example, "AB, C or a combination of the listed items" is to include at least one of 144545.doc • 88 · 201103707: A, B, C, AB, AC, BC, ABC. If the order is important in a particular context, it also includes BA, CA, CB, CBA, BCA, ACB, BAC, or CAB. This example, then explicitly includes a combination that includes one or more repetitions, such as BB,
AAA，AAB ’ BBC，AAABCCCCC，BBAAA，CABABB 等。本領域技術人員將會理解，在任何組合中一般對項或 術語的數量沒有限制，除非從上下文中明確知道。 本文所述和所要求保護的所有組成和/或方法可以鑒於 本文所述内容而無需過多試驗的情況下來製造和完成。儘 管已經就優選實施例描述了本發明的組成和方法，但對本 領域技術人員來說，顯然可以在不超出本發明構想、精神 和範圍的前提下對組成和/或方法、所述方法的步驟戋其 順序加以修改。對本領域技術人員來說顯而易見的所有這 樣的相似替代和修改被認為涵蓋在由後續權利要求書限定 的本發明的精神、範圍和構想内。 【圖式簡單說明】 現在參考結合 為了更全面地理解本發明的特徵和優點 附圖對本發明的具體說明，其中： 圖1表示本發明的棘輪扳手的透視圖； 圖2A至圖2C表示本發明的棘輪扳手的側剖視圖 圖3A是本發明扳手的一個實施例的頭部的分‘ 圖3B是第二傳動輪的側視圖； 圖3C是第二傳動輪殼體的俯視圖； 圖3D是其中_個中間傳動輪的側視圖; 144545.doc -89 - 201103707 圖3E是中間傳動輪殼體的俯視圖； 圖3F是第一傳動輪的側視圖； 圖3CJ是第-傳動輪殼體的俯視圖； 圖疋本發明棘輪扳手的頭部的一個實施例穿透視圖； 圖#圖5B疋本發明傳動輪傳動的交疊的透視圖； 圖6A疋本發明第二傳動輪殼體的一個實施例的俯視圖’ 圖6B是其透視圖； 圖6C疋本發明第二傳動輪的—個實施例的透視圖； 圖6D是本發明篦-蚀 弟—傳動輪和第二傳動輪殼體的一個實施 例的側視圖； 圖E疋本發明中間傳動輪殼體的一個實施例的俯視圖， 圖6F是其透視圖； 圖6G是中間傳動輪的透視圖； θ是裝有多個與第二傳動輪殼體和第二傳動輪交疊的 中間傳動輪的中間傳動輪殼體的側視圖； 圖61疋本發明傳動輪傳動機構的—個實施例的剖視圖； 圖7是本發明的傳動輪佈置結構的-個實施例的側視 圖； 圖8疋本發明-個實施例的雙面傳動輪佈置結構的側視 圖； 圖9Α是示出了不同的傳動輪和傳動輪交疊情況的本發明 另一個實施例的視圖； 圖9Β是具有被無齒區域包圍的第一傳動輪中心部的第一 傳動輪的俯視圖； 144545.doc 201103707 圖9C是其中-個中間傳動輪的俯視圖； 圖9D是第二傳動輪的俯視圖； 圖1〇是其中-個傳動輪被固定的本發明另一個 側視圖； 圖11A示出了本發明傳動輪傳動的另—個實施例的俯視 圖圖11B和圖11(：是表示圖UA所示傳動輪傳動情況的側 視圖； 圖11D示出了一個傳動輪傳動系統的透視圖； 圖11E示出了與棘輪嵌塊（類似花鍵嵌塊）連用的本發明 傳動輪傳動機構的另一個實施例的俯視圖； 圖11F表示與棘輪嵌塊（類似花鍵嵌塊）結合使用的本發 明傳動輪傳動機構的另一個實施例的俯視圖； 圖12A、圖12B和圖12C表示雙面傳動輪傳動系統的側視 圖； 圖13A至圖13E示出了傳動輪傳動系統的透視圖； 圖14A至圖14C是圖13中的傳動輪傳動系統的視圖，其 中這些傳動輪在圖14A中是分開的，在圖14B中是相互對 齊的，在圖14C中是相嚙合的； 圖15A和圖15B表示圖14的傳動輪傳動系統，其適用於 較大聯接結構的接頭； 圖16是被安置在撬棍中的本發明的傳動輪傳動系統的視 圖； 圖1 7A是本發明另一個實施例確切說是扳手的分解視 圖； 144545.doc -91- 201103707 圖1 7B疋板手頭部的分解視圖，扳手頭部包括用於接納 螺栓、螺母或其它緊固件的螺栓孔； 圖18A和圖18B是圖14令的傳動輪傳動系統的分解等距 視圖，該系統適用較大結構的接頭； 圖19是圖18中的齒輪傳動系統的分解等距視圖，該系統 適配有倍增齒輪組； 圖20A是具有多個顯板和帶有倍增齒輪組的單個旋柄的 齒輪傳動系統的分解等距視圖； 圖20B是具有多㈣板和帶有倍增齒輪組的單個旋柄的 齒輪傳動系統的等距視圖； 圖2!是具有被用作傳動延伸結構的倍增齒輪組的齒輪傳 動系統的分解等距視圖； 圖22是具有㈣做傳㈣伸結構的雙倍增錄組的齒輪 傳動系統的分解等距視圖； 圖23A至圖23D是鉸鏈扳手的等距視圖，該欽鏈板手包 括連接到上、下较鍵的手柄； 圖24A至圖24E是鉸鏈扳手的組成部件的等距視圖； 圖25A至圖25C是與撬棍、支承稈式 ’ 又不？干或本文所公開的其 器械連用的伸縮桿的視圖； 〃 圖26A、圖26B和圖26C為示出帶有反 久轉機構的端面傳動 輪元件的視圖； 勒 圖27A和圖27B是齒輪傳動型壓合棘輪 于的視圖； 圖28A和圖28B是具有一對端面傳動輪 的齒輪傳動型ΜAAA, AAB ‘BBC, AAABCCCCC, BBAAA, CABABB, etc. Those skilled in the art will appreciate that there is generally no limit to the number of terms or terms in any combination, unless explicitly recognized from the context. All of the compositions and/or methods described and claimed herein can be made and completed without undue experimentation in light of the teachings herein. Although the composition and method of the present invention have been described in terms of the preferred embodiments, it is obvious to those skilled in the art that the composition and/or method, the steps of the method can be carried out without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention. The order is modified. All such similar substitutes and modifications, which are obvious to those skilled in the art, are considered to be within the spirit, scope and concept of the invention as defined by the appended claims. DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE PREFERRED EMBODIMENT OF THE INVENTION The present invention will be described in detail with reference to the accompanying drawings in which: FIG. 1 shows a perspective view of a ratchet wrench of the present invention; FIG. 2A to FIG. Figure 3A is a side view of the head of one embodiment of the wrench of the present invention. Figure 3B is a side view of the second transmission wheel; Figure 3C is a plan view of the second transmission wheel housing; Figure 3D is where Figure 3E is a plan view of the intermediate transmission wheel housing; Figure 3F is a side view of the first transmission wheel; Figure 3CJ is a plan view of the first transmission wheel housing; BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS FIG. 5B is an enlarged perspective view of an embodiment of a transmission wheel transmission of the present invention; FIG. 6A is a plan view of an embodiment of a second transmission wheel housing of the present invention. 6B is a perspective view thereof; FIG. 6C is a perspective view of an embodiment of the second transmission wheel of the present invention; FIG. 6D is an embodiment of the 篦-eclipse-transmission wheel and the second transmission wheel housing of the present invention. Side view; FIG. 6F is a perspective view of the intermediate transmission wheel housing; FIG. 6G is a perspective view of the intermediate transmission wheel; θ is mounted with a plurality of overlapping with the second transmission wheel housing and the second transmission wheel Side view of the intermediate drive wheel housing of the intermediate drive wheel; Fig. 61 is a cross-sectional view of one embodiment of the drive wheel drive mechanism of the present invention; and Figure 7 is a side elevational view of one embodiment of the drive wheel arrangement of the present invention; Figure 8 is a side elevational view showing the arrangement of the double-sided transmission wheel of the present invention - Fig. 9A is a view showing another embodiment of the present invention in which the different transmission wheels and transmission wheels overlap; Top view of the first transmission wheel of the first transmission wheel center portion surrounded by the toothless region; 144545.doc 201103707 Fig. 9C is a plan view of one of the intermediate transmission wheels; Fig. 9D is a plan view of the second transmission wheel; Another side view of the present invention in which one of the transmission wheels is fixed; FIG. 11A shows a top view of another embodiment of the transmission wheel transmission of the present invention, FIG. 11B and FIG. 11 (: shows the transmission of the transmission wheel shown in FIG. Side view Figure 11D shows a perspective view of a drive wheel drive system; Figure 11E shows a top view of another embodiment of the drive wheel drive of the present invention for use with a ratchet insert (like a spline insert); Figure 11F shows A top view of another embodiment of a transmission wheel transmission of the present invention in conjunction with a ratchet insert (similar to a spline insert); FIGS. 12A, 12B, and 12C are side views of the double-sided transmission wheel transmission system; FIG. 13A to FIG. 13E shows a perspective view of the transmission wheel transmission system; FIGS. 14A to 14C are views of the transmission wheel transmission system of FIG. 13, wherein the transmission wheels are separated in FIG. 14A and aligned with each other in FIG. 14B, Figure 15A and Figure 15B show the transmission wheel transmission system of Figure 14 for a joint of a larger coupling structure; Figure 16 is a transmission wheel transmission system of the present invention placed in a crowbar Figure 1 7A is an exploded view of another embodiment of the present invention; 144545.doc -91- 201103707 Figure 1 7B is an exploded view of the head of the seesaw, the wrench head includes a bolt and a nut for receiving Figure 18A and Figure 18B are exploded isometric views of the drive wheel drive system of Figure 14 for a larger structural joint; Figure 19 is an exploded isometric of the gear drive system of Figure 18. View, the system is fitted with a multiplication gear set; Figure 20A is an exploded isometric view of a gear transmission system with a plurality of display panels and a single knob with a multiplication gear set; Figure 20B is a multi-(four) plate with multiplication Isometric view of a gear train of a single crank of a gear set; Figure 2! is an exploded isometric view of a gear train with a multiplicative gear set used as a drive extension; Figure 22 is a (four) pass (four) extension An exploded isometric view of the double-enhanced gear train; Figures 23A-23D are isometric views of the hinge wrench including the handles connected to the upper and lower keys; Figures 24A-24E Isometric view of the components of the hinge wrench; Figure 25A to Figure 25C with the crowbar, support stalk 'not? FIG. 26A, FIG. 26B, and FIG. 26C are views showing an end face transmission wheel member with a reverse rotation mechanism; FIG. 27A and FIG. 27B are gear transmissions. Figure 29A and Figure 28B are gear transmission type with a pair of end face drive wheels
合棘輪扳手的視圖。 S 144545.doc •92- 201103707 【主要元件符號說明】 10 棘輪扳手 12 主體 14 頭部 16 手柄部 18 傳動機構 20 主體背側部 22 反轉件 23a 部段 23b 部段 24 旋柄 25a 内钳件 25b 内鉗件 25c 外鉗件 25d 外鉗件 26 套筒接合部 27a 附接端 27b 附接端 28 正面 30 圓柱形凹槽 32 球 34 桿 36 織構區域 38 彈簧 144545.doc •93- 201103707 40 第一傳動輪 42 中間傳動輪殼體 44 中間傳動輪 44a 第一組中間傳動輪 44b 第一組中間傳動輪 44c 第一組中間傳動輪 44d 第二組中間傳動輪 44e 第二組中間傳動輪 44f 第二組中間傳動輪 46 第二傳動輪 46a 第二傳動輪 46b 第二傳動輪 48 傳動輪空腔 50a 緊固開口 50b 緊固開口 52a 定位緊固件 52b 定位緊固件 54 第二傳動輪殼體開口 54a 第二傳動輪殼體開口 54b 第二傳動輪殼體開口 56 第二傳動輪殼體 56a 第二傳動輪殼體 56b 第二傳動輪殼體 58 第二傳動輪面 144545.doc · 94 · 201103707 58a 第二傳動輪面 58b 第二傳動輪面 60 第二傳動輪背面 62 第二傳動輪側面 64a 中間傳動輪殼體開口 64b 中間傳動輪殼體開口 64c 中間傳動輪殼體開口 64d 中間傳動輪殼體開口 66 中間傳動輪第一面 66a 中間傳動輪第一面 66b 中間傳動輪第一面 66c 中間傳動輪第一面 66d 中間傳動輪第一面 66e 中間傳動輪第一面 66f 中間傳動輪第一面 68 中間傳動輪第二面 68a 中間傳動輪第二面 68b 中間傳動輪第二面 68c 中間傳動輪第二面 68d 中間傳動輪第二面 68e 中間傳動輪第二面 68f 中間傳動輪第二面 70 殼體開口 72 第一傳動輪殼體 144545.doc -95- 201103707 74 第一傳動輪面 76 第一傳動輪背面 76a 緊固開口 76b 緊固開口 78 中間傳動輪側面 78a 中間傳動輪側面 78b 中間傳動輪側面 78c 中間傳動輪側面 78d 中間傳動輪側面 78e 中間傳動輪側面 78f 中間傳動輪側面 102 第一傳動輪側面 106a 第一傳動輪面的交疊部分 106c 第一傳動輪面的交疊部分 108a 中間傳動輪面的交疊部分 108c 中間傳動輪面的交疊部分 110a 第二傳動輪面的交疊部分 110c 第二傳動輪面的交疊部分 112a 中間傳動輪面的交疊部分 112c 中間傳動輪面的交疊部分 114 雙面傳動輪 116 雙面傳動輪第一面 118 雙面傳動輪第二面 120 雙面傳動輪側面 144545.doc -96- 201103707 122 第二傳動輪齒面 124 第一傳動輪齒距 126 第一齒 128 第二齒 130 中間傳動輪第一帶齒面 132 中心無齒第一面 134 第一中間傳動輪齒距 136 第一中間齒 138 第二中間齒 140 第二傳動輪齒面 142 内無齒區域 144 外無齒區域 146 第二傳動輪齒間距 148 第一齒 150 第二齒 162 主傳動輪 162a 齒傳動輪 162b 齒傳動輪 200 傳動輪/第一傳動輪 202 第一傳動輪面 204 兩個或兩個以上的齒 206 中心無齒面 208 開口 210 齒面 144545.doc •97- 201103707 212 214 216 218 220 222 224 226 228 230 232 234 236 238 240 242 244 246 248 250 252 254 254a 254b 齒ifj 齒寬 傳動輪厚度 傳動輪基部 齒輪節線 齒輪節錐角 中間傳動輪 第二傳動輪 定位圓柱體 第一中間傳動輪 第二中間傳動輪面 第一中間傳動輪基部 第一中間齒 第二中間傳動輪基部 第二中間齒 第二定位圓柱體 第二傳動輪面 第二傳動輪基部 第二齒 第二背面 第一背面 第二組兩個或兩個以上的齒 第二組兩個或兩個以上的齒 第二組兩個或兩個以上的齒 144545.doc -98· 201103707 256 中心無齒面 258 中心開孔 260 中心開孔 262 第二齒 264 頭部 266 裝置第一側 268 頭部 270 裝置另一側 272 撬棍 274 第一桿 276 第二桿 278 傳動輪聯接元件 410 板手 412 主體 414a 頭部 414b 第二頭部 416 手柄部 418 無織構區 420a 螺栓孔 420b 螺栓孔 422 鉸鏈 424 鉸鏈體殼體 426 欽鍵體開口 428 鉸鏈頭殼體 144545.doc -99- 201103707 430 鉸鏈頭開口 432 鉸銷 434 傳動輪空腔 436 傳動機構 438 主體背側部 440 正面 442 螺栓孔槽 446 第一傳動輪 448 第二傳動輪 450 螺栓孔槽 452 第一傳動輪面 454 第一傳動輪齒 456 第二傳動輪面 458 第二傳動輪齒 460 限位環 462 墊片 470 聯接元件 472 第一主體 474 第二主體 476 第一連接端 478 第一頭部 480 傳動輪空腔 482 墊片/墊圈 482a 偏壓機構 144545.doc • 100· 201103707 482b 偏壓機構 482c 偏壓機構 482d 偏壓機構 484 第一傳動輪 484a 第一端面傳動輪 484b 第二第一端面傳動輪 486 主體背側部 488 正面 490 第一傳動輪背面 492 第一傳動輪面 494 第一傳動輪齒 494a 第一傳動輪齒 494b 第一傳動輪齒 496 第一對準孔 496a 第一對準孔 496b 第一對準孔 498 第二連接端 500 第二頭部 502 分離槽 504 分離孔 504a 分離孔 504b 分離孔 506 彈簧/墊圈 508 分離機構 144545.doc -101 - 201103707 510 分離銷 510a 分離銷 510b 分離銷 510c 分離銷 510d 分離銷 512 限位炎 516 第二傳動輪 518 第二傳動輪面 520 第二傳動輪齒 522 對準桿 524 聯接元件 526 第一主體 528 第二主體 530 鉸接座 532 第一連接端 534 第一頭部 536 齒輪空腔 538 第一齒輪軸 540 第一齒輪部 542 第一鉸接座側 544 第二鉸接座側 546 環形齒輪孔 548 環形齒輪 550 底部 144545.doc -102- 201103707 552 内孔 554 内環齒 556 外壁 558 一組齒輪 560 第二連接端 562 第二頭部 570 開啟機構 572 第一主體 574 第二主體 576 齒輪空腔 578 一組齒輪 580 傳動齒輪 582a 顎板齒輪 582b 顎板齒輪 584a 車由 584b 轴 586a 顎板 586b 顎板 588 嵌入孑L 590 棘輪嵌塊 592 棘輪手柄 594 第一連接端 596 第一頭部 598 固定孑L 144545.doc -103 201103707 600 分離機構 602 分離銷 604 分離孔 606 第一齒輪桿 610 傳動延伸結構 612 第一主體 614 第二主體 616 第一連接端 618 第一齒輪部 620 齒輪空腔 622 桿 624 環形齒輪孔 626 環形齒輪 628 内孔 630 内環齒 632 外壁 634 環形齒輪孔 636 第二連接端 638 第二連接孔 640 拇指撥輪 642 螺釘 644 墊圈 646 偏壓機構 648 第一滑動端件 144545.doc • 104. 201103707 650 第二滑動端件 652 第二齒輪板 654 第二齒輪部 656 第二齒輪空腔 658 第二組齒輪 660 環 662 環 700 鉸鏈扳手 702 手柄 704 鉸鏈 704a 鉸鏈 704b 鉸鏈 704c 鉸鏈 704d 鉸鏈 704e 鉸鏈 706 鉸鍵 708 手柄部 710 手柄連接端 712 分離按鈕孔 714 分離按鈕 716 分離彈簧/墊圈 718 保持環 720 分離孔 722 分離銷 144545.doc -105- 201103707 724 對準桿 726 下鉸鏈容納端 728 下鉸鏈連接端 730 彈簧/墊圈 732 嵌塊 734 上鉸鏈容納端 736 上鉸鏈連接端 738 第一嵌孔 740 嵌·孔 742 對準桿孔 744 接頭 746 限位球 748 限位彈簧 750 球孔 752 第二嵌孔 760 第一桿 762 第二容納桿 764 開口 766 分離按鈕 800 齒輪傳動型壓合棘輪扳手 802 上殼體 804 下殼體 806 傳動輪空腔 808 一組齒輪 144545.doc 106· 201103707 812a 齒輪 812b 齒輪 , 812c 齒輪 812d 齒輪 814 手柄適配齒輪 816 棘輪適配齒輪 818a 第一手柄 818b 第一手柄 820 傳動適配接頭 822 螺釘 824 嵌孔 826 一組端面傳動輪 826a 一組端面齒輪 826b 一組配對端面齒輪 828 頂面 830 齒 834 圓柱體 836 構件 838 偏壓機構 840 第一端面傳動輪 842 第一組齒 844 一組第一端面傳動輪端面齒 846 第一端面傳動輪對準孔 848 第二端面傳動輪 144545.doc -107- 201103707 850 852 854 856 858a 858b 860 862 864 一組第二端面傳動輪端面齒 底面 第二端面傳動輪對準孔 一對柄柱 柄柱孔 柄柱孑I» 手柄對準孔 傳動適配接頭桿柱 適配接頭齒 144545.doc -108-View of the ratchet wrench. S 144545.doc •92- 201103707 [Description of main components] 10 Ratchet wrench 12 Main body 14 Head 16 Handle 18 Transmission mechanism 20 Main body back side 22 Reverse part 23a Section 23b Section 24 Rotary handle 25a Inner pliers 25b inner pliers 25c outer pliers 25d outer pliers 26 sleeve joint 27a attachment end 27b attachment end 28 front side 30 cylindrical groove 32 ball 34 rod 36 textured area 38 spring 144545.doc •93- 201103707 40 First transmission wheel 42 intermediate transmission wheel housing 44 intermediate transmission wheel 44a first group intermediate transmission wheel 44b first group intermediate transmission wheel 44c first group intermediate transmission wheel 44d second group intermediate transmission wheel 44e second group intermediate transmission wheel 44f Second set of intermediate drive wheels 46 second drive wheel 46a second drive wheel 46b second drive wheel 48 drive wheel cavity 50a fastening opening 50b fastening opening 52a positioning fastener 52b positioning fastener 54 second transmission wheel housing opening 54a Second transmission wheel housing opening 54b second transmission wheel housing opening 56 second transmission wheel housing 56a second transmission wheel housing 56b second transmission wheel housing 58 Second transmission wheel surface 144545.doc · 94 · 201103707 58a Second transmission wheel surface 58b Second transmission wheel surface 60 Second transmission wheel back surface 62 Second transmission wheel side 64a Intermediate transmission wheel housing opening 64b Intermediate transmission wheel housing opening 64c intermediate drive wheel housing opening 64d intermediate drive wheel housing opening 66 intermediate drive wheel first face 66a intermediate drive wheel first face 66b intermediate drive wheel first face 66c intermediate drive wheel first face 66d intermediate drive wheel first face 66e Intermediate drive wheel first face 66f Intermediate drive wheel first face 68 Intermediate drive wheel second face 68a Intermediate drive wheel second face 68b Intermediate drive wheel second face 68c Intermediate drive wheel second face 68d Intermediate drive wheel second face 68e Middle The second side of the transmission wheel 68f The second side of the intermediate transmission wheel 70 Housing opening 72 First transmission wheel housing 144545.doc -95- 201103707 74 First transmission wheel surface 76 First transmission wheel back surface 76a Fastening opening 76b Fastening opening 78 intermediate drive wheel side 78a intermediate drive wheel side 78b intermediate drive wheel side 78c intermediate drive wheel side 78d intermediate drive wheel side 78e intermediate transfer Moving wheel side 78f Intermediate transmission wheel side 102 First transmission wheel side 106a First transmission wheel surface overlapping portion 106c First transmission wheel surface overlapping portion 108a Intermediate transmission wheel surface overlapping portion 108c Intermediate transmission wheel surface overlapping Part 110a overlap portion 110c of second drive wheel face overlap portion 112a of second drive wheel face overlap portion 112c of intermediate drive wheel face overlap portion 114 of intermediate drive wheel face double-sided drive wheel 116 double-sided drive wheel One side 118 double-sided transmission wheel second side 120 double-sided transmission wheel side 144545.doc -96- 201103707 122 second transmission wheel tooth surface 124 first transmission wheel pitch 126 first tooth 128 second tooth 130 intermediate transmission wheel One toothed face 132 center toothless first face 134 first intermediate drive wheel pitch 136 first intermediate tooth 138 second intermediate tooth 140 second drive wheel tooth face 142 inner toothless region 144 outer toothless region 146 second transmission Gear spacing 148 first tooth 150 second tooth 162 main transmission wheel 162a tooth transmission wheel 162b tooth transmission wheel 200 transmission wheel / first transmission wheel 202 first transmission wheel surface 204 two or two More than 206 teeth center no flank 208 opening 210 flank 144545.doc •97- 201103707 212 214 216 218 220 222 224 226 228 230 232 234 236 238 240 242 244 246 248 250 252 254 254a 254b Tooth ifj tooth width drive Wheel thickness transmission wheel base gear pitch line gear section cone angle intermediate transmission wheel second transmission wheel positioning cylinder first intermediate transmission wheel second intermediate transmission wheel surface first intermediate transmission wheel base first intermediate tooth second intermediate transmission wheel base Second intermediate tooth second positioning cylinder second transmission wheel surface second transmission wheel base second tooth second back first back second group two or more teeth second group two or more teeth Two sets of two or more teeth 144545.doc -98· 201103707 256 Center flank 258 Center opening 260 Center opening 262 Second tooth 264 Head 266 Device first side 268 Head 270 Device side 272 Crowbar 274 First rod 276 Second rod 278 Drive wheel coupling element 410 Wrench 412 Body 414a Head 414b Second head 416 Handle portion 418 No texture zone 420a Bolt hole 420b Bolt hole 422 Hinge 424 Hinge body housing 426 Ching body opening 428 Hinge head housing 144545.doc -99- 201103707 430 Hinge head opening 432 Hinge pin 434 Drive wheel cavity 436 Transmission mechanism 438 Main body back side 440 Front side 442 Bolt hole Slot 446 first transmission wheel 448 second transmission wheel 450 bolt hole slot 452 first transmission wheel surface 454 first transmission gear tooth 456 second transmission wheel surface 458 second transmission gear tooth 460 limit ring 462 spacer 470 coupling element 472 First body 474 second body 476 first connection end 478 first head 480 transmission wheel cavity 482 pad / washer 482a biasing mechanism 144545.doc • 100· 201103707 482b biasing mechanism 482c biasing mechanism 482d biasing mechanism 484 First transmission wheel 484a First end drive wheel 484b Second first end drive wheel 486 Main body back side 488 Front face 490 First drive wheel back face 492 First drive wheel face 494 First drive gear tooth 494a First drive gear tooth 494b First drive tooth 496 first alignment hole 496a first alignment hole 496b first alignment hole 498 second connection end 500 second head 502 separation tank 504 separation hole 504a separation hole 504b separation hole 506 spring / washer 508 separation mechanism 144545.doc -101 - 201103707 510 separation pin 510a separation pin 510b separation pin 510c separation pin 510d separation pin 512 limit inflammation 516 second transmission wheel 518 second transmission wheel 520 second transmission tooth 522 alignment rod 524 coupling element 526 first body 528 second body 530 hinge seat 532 first connection end 534 first head 536 gear cavity 538 first gear shaft 540 First gear portion 542 first hinge seat side 544 second hinge seat side 546 ring gear hole 548 ring gear 550 bottom 144545.doc -102- 201103707 552 inner hole 554 inner ring tooth 556 outer wall 558 one set of gear 560 second connection end 562 second head 570 opening mechanism 572 first body 574 second body 576 gear cavity 578 a set of gears 580 transmission gear 582a 颚 plate gear 582b 颚 plate gear 584a car 584b shaft 586a 颚 586b 颚 588 embedded 孑L 590 ratchet insert 592 ratchet handle 594 first connection end 596 first head 598 fixed 孑L 1445 45.doc -103 201103707 600 Separation mechanism 602 Separation pin 604 Separation hole 606 First gear rod 610 Transmission extension structure 612 First body 614 Second body 616 First connection end 618 First gear portion 620 Gear cavity 622 Rod 624 Ring Gear Hole 626 Ring Gear 628 Inner Hole 630 Inner Ring Teeth 632 Outer Wall 634 Ring Gear Hole 636 Second Connection End 638 Second Connection Hole 640 Thumb Dial 642 Screw 644 Washer 646 Bias Mechanism 648 First Sliding End Piece 144545.doc • 104. 201103707 650 second sliding end piece 652 second gear plate 654 second gear part 656 second gear cavity 658 second set of gear 660 ring 662 ring 700 hinge wrench 702 handle 704 hinge 704a hinge 704b hinge 704c hinge 704d hinge 704e Hinge 706 Hinge key 708 Handle portion 710 Handle connection end 712 Separation button hole 714 Separation button 716 Separation spring / washer 718 Retaining ring 720 Separation hole 722 Separation pin 144545.doc -105- 201103707 724 Alignment rod 726 Lower hinge receiving end 728 Hinge connection 730 spring / washer 732 insert 734 upper hinge The receiving end 736 is hinged at the end 738. The first through hole 740 is embedded in the hole 742. The alignment hole 744 is connected to the rod 748. The limit ball 748 is limited to 750. The hole 752 is the second hole 760. The first rod 762 the second receiving rod 764 is open. 766 Separation button 800 Geared compression ratchet wrench 802 Upper housing 804 Lower housing 806 Drive wheel cavity 808 Set of gears 144545.doc 106· 201103707 812a Gear 812b Gear, 812c Gear 812d Gear 814 Handle adapter gear 816 Ratchet fit Gear 818a First handle 818b First handle 820 Drive adapter 822 Screw 824 Insert 826 One set of end drive wheels 826a One set of face gears 826b One set of mating face gears 828 Top surface 830 Teeth 834 Cylinder 836 Member 838 Bias Mechanism 840 First end drive wheel 842 First set of teeth 844 A set of first end drive wheel face gears 846 First end drive wheel alignment holes 848 Second end drive wheels 144545.doc -107- 201103707 850 852 854 856 858a 858b 860 862 864 a set of second end drive wheel face bottom face second end drive wheel alignment hole pair of shank Shank hole shank 孑I» handle alignment hole drive adapter post Adapter pin 144545.doc -108-